WO2021163901A1 - Session processing method and apparatus therefor - Google Patents

Session processing method and apparatus therefor Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021163901A1
WO2021163901A1 PCT/CN2020/075774 CN2020075774W WO2021163901A1 WO 2021163901 A1 WO2021163901 A1 WO 2021163901A1 CN 2020075774 W CN2020075774 W CN 2020075774W WO 2021163901 A1 WO2021163901 A1 WO 2021163901A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
pdu session
terminal device
descriptor
identification information
port
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/075774
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
余芳
孙海洋
倪慧
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/075774 priority Critical patent/WO2021163901A1/en
Publication of WO2021163901A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021163901A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/02Traffic management, e.g. flow control or congestion control

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a session processing method and device.
  • Time-sensitive network can guarantee the reliability of delay-sensitive service transmission.
  • the TSN conversion device can enable the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) network to communicate with the TSN network, that is, the TSN conversion device can enable the service information of the TSN network to be transmitted in the 3GPP network.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • Protocol data unit (PDU) session for transmitting service information of a TSN network in a 3GPP network is a technical problem to be solved urgently.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a session processing method and device, which can select a suitable PDU session for transmitting service information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a session processing method, the method includes: a terminal device determines to transmit first service information through a first port of a TSN conversion device; and determines a URSP rule according to a URSP received from a policy control network element; And determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, the first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information passes through the second port Transmission; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • the specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: if the flow descriptor is If the first port matches, the first PDU session is determined according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
  • the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, which facilitates the determination of the first PDU session from the established sessions, that is, the first PDU session can be reused. In this way, new PDU sessions can be avoided, which is conducive to saving resources.
  • the flow descriptor includes identification information of the port; the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the aforementioned port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
  • the foregoing routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the foregoing port.
  • the flow descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device; the matching of the foregoing flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; Wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the aforementioned TSN terminal device.
  • a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the second PDU session is regarded as the first PDU Conversation.
  • the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which can indicate that the service information 1 transmitted by the second PDU session can be transmitted to the first TSN conversion device through the first port ,
  • the service information 1 transmitted in the second PDU session may be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the service information 1 transmitted in the second PDU session may be transmitted through the first port
  • the port is transmitted to the next hop TSN device of the first TSN conversion device. Therefore, the service information 1 and the first service information are transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the second PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the second PDU session, and by reusing the second PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources.
  • a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, send the first PDU to the session management network element A session establishment request, the first PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session; and a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received, and the first PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU The session was established successfully.
  • the terminal device when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, when the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the session
  • the management network element sends a first PDU session establishment request to request a new first PDU session.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  • a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the foregoing routing descriptor in the established session The third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the third The PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the foregoing routing descriptor in the established session The third PDU session; to obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, report to the session management
  • the network element sends a second PDU session establishment request, and the second PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and receives information from the session management network element A second PDU session establishment response message, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the terminal device when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device The second PDU session establishment request may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  • the specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: if there is no attribute information in the established session that is consistent with the foregoing routing descriptor
  • a third PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element.
  • the third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • the third PDU session establishment request includes the routing descriptor;
  • the identifier includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • a third PDU session establishment request carrying the routing descriptor may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the port corresponding to the four PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, a fourth PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element, and the fourth PDU session The establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; and to receive a fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the terminal device when the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, when the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the session
  • the management network element sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the fifth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; , The first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fifth PDU session. ), by reusing the fifth PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, a fifth PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element , The fifth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and receives the fifth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element.
  • the fifth PDU session establishment request
  • the terminal device when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device The fifth PDU session establishment request may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides another session processing method, the method includes: a policy control network element generates a URSP; and sends the URSP to a terminal device.
  • the URSP rule in the URSP includes a traffic descriptor and a traffic description.
  • the routing descriptor corresponding to the symbol; the flow descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
  • the foregoing flow descriptor includes port identification information; the routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and port identification information.
  • the foregoing traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device; the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, identification information of the TSN terminal device .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides yet another session processing method, the method includes: a session management network element receives a PDU session establishment request from a terminal device, the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU
  • the session establishment request includes the routing descriptor; the first PDU session is established according to the routing descriptor; the PDU session establishment response message is sent to the terminal device, and the PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, which is used for the PDU session establishment response message.
  • the routing descriptor includes identification information of the port or identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the PDU session establishment response message includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device, which can facilitate the terminal device to determine the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port, or the PDU session and the TSN terminal device Correspondence between the identification information.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that can implement part or all of the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect.
  • the functions in the embodiments may also have the functions of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method.
  • the transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other equipment.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module for coupling with the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores computer programs and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • the transceiver module is used to receive URSP from the policy control network element
  • the processing module is used to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, and the first PDU session is used In the transmission of the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the communication device 130 .
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface
  • the storage module may be a memory
  • the communication device includes:
  • Transceiver used to receive URSP from the policy control network element
  • the processor is configured to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, and the first PDU session is used In the transmission of the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the communication device 130 .
  • the embodiments of the present application provide another communication device that has some or all of the functions of the policy control network element in the method example described in the second aspect.
  • the function of the communication device may be Part or all of the functions in the embodiments may also have the functions of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method.
  • the transceiver module is used to support the communication between the communication device and other equipment.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module for coupling with the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores computer programs and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • the transceiver module is used to send the URSP to the terminal device.
  • the URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal device information Identification information.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface
  • the storage module may be a memory
  • the communication device includes:
  • the transceiver is used to send the URSP to the terminal device.
  • the URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal device information Identification information.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide yet another communication device that has some or all of the functions of the session management network element in the method example described in the third aspect.
  • the function of the communication device may be Part or all of the functions in the embodiments may also have the functions of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application.
  • the function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method.
  • the transceiver module is used to support the communication between the communication device and other equipment.
  • the communication device may further include a storage module for coupling with the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores computer programs and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver module configured to receive a PDU session establishment request from a terminal device, the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor;
  • a processing module configured to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor
  • the transceiver module is also used to send a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing description
  • the identifier includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface
  • the storage module may be a memory
  • the communication device includes:
  • a transceiver configured to receive a PDU session establishment request from a terminal device, where the PDU session establishment request is used to request establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor;
  • a processor configured to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor
  • the transceiver is also used to send a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing description
  • the identifier includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a processor, and when the processor invokes a computer program in a memory, the method described in the first aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a processor, and when the processor invokes a computer program in a memory, the method described in the second aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor, and when the processor invokes a computer program in a memory, the method described in the third aspect is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and a memory, and the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to enable the communication device Perform the method described in the first aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and a memory, and the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to enable the communication
  • the device executes the method described in the second aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and a memory, and the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to enable the communication
  • the device executes the method described in the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor is configured to run the code instructions to enable The device executes the method described in the first aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor is used to run the code instructions to enable The device executes the method described in the second aspect above.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor is used to run the code instructions to enable The device executes the method described in the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a session processing system, which includes the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the communication device described in the fifth aspect, and the communication device described in the sixth aspect; or, the system Including the communication device described in the seventh aspect, the communication device described in the eighth aspect, and the communication device described in the ninth aspect; or, the system includes the communication device described in the tenth aspect and the communication device described in the eleventh aspect Device and the communication device according to the twelfth aspect; or, the system includes the communication device according to the thirteenth aspect, the communication device according to the fourteenth aspect, and the communication device according to the fifteenth aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program used by the above-mentioned terminal device.
  • the terminal device executes the method of the above-mentioned first aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program used by the above-mentioned policy control network element.
  • the network device executes the method of the above-mentioned second aspect .
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program used by the above-mentioned session management network element.
  • the network device executes the method of the above-mentioned third aspect .
  • this application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
  • this application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the third aspect.
  • the present application provides a chip system that includes at least one processor and an interface, and is used to support the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the first aspect, for example, to determine or process the functions involved in the above method At least one of data and information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data for the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system that includes at least one processor and an interface, and is used to support the network device to implement the functions involved in the second aspect, for example, to determine or process the functions involved in the above method At least one of data and information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store computer programs and data necessary for the network device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the present application provides a chip system that includes at least one processor and an interface, and is used to support the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the third aspect, for example, to determine or process the functions involved in the above method At least one of data and information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data for the terminal device.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system interoperating between a 5G network and a TSN network according to an embodiment of the application;
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the session management network element may be responsible for forwarding path management, such as issuing a message forwarding strategy to the user plane network element, and instructing the user plane network element to process and forward the message according to the message forwarding strategy.
  • the session management network element may be a session management function entity (session management function, SMF) in the 5th-generation mobile communication (the5th-generation, 5G) system.
  • SMF can be responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, session modification, session release, assigning IP addresses to users, and selecting user plane network elements that provide message forwarding functions.
  • SMF session management function entity
  • the session management network element may still be an SMF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the user plane network element may be a user plane function entity (UPF) in the 5G architecture, and the UPF may be responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding and charging.
  • UPF user plane function entity
  • future communication systems for example, 6G or other communication systems
  • the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • the mobility management network element is responsible for the access and mobility management of user equipment (UE) in the mobile network.
  • the mobility management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) in 5G.
  • AMF can be responsible for user location update, user registration network, user handover, UE access and mobility management, SMF selection, etc.
  • AMF can be used as an intermediate network element to transmit session management messages between UE and SMF.
  • future communication systems for example, 6G or other communication systems
  • the mobility management network element may still be an AMF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
  • PCF Policy control function
  • PCF can be responsible for policy control decision-making and flow-based charging control. Specifically, the PCF may be responsible for providing policies, such as quality of service (QoS) policies, slice selection policies, etc., to mobility management network elements (such as AMF) and session management network elements (such as SMF).
  • QoS quality of service
  • AMF mobility management network elements
  • SMF session management network elements
  • the terminal device can determine the attribute information of the PDU session required by different applications (application, APP) through the URSP, and then determine the required PDU session according to the attribute information, and transmit the data of the APP through the PDU session.
  • the terminal device can determine the required PDU session in the established PDU session according to the attribute information (that is, reuse the established PDU session), or the terminal device can create the required PDU session according to the attribute information .
  • the URSP may include one or more URSP rules, and the terminal device matches the APP with valid URSP rules to determine the required attribute information of the PDU session.
  • Different URSP rules may have different priorities, and the priorities may be used to determine the order in which the terminal device executes the corresponding URSP rules. Specifically, the terminal device may preferentially execute the URSP rule with a higher priority.
  • Each URSP rule may include a traffic descriptor (traffic descriptor) and a route selection descriptor (route selection descriptor) corresponding to the traffic descriptor.
  • traffic descriptor traffic descriptor
  • route selection descriptor route selection descriptor
  • the terminal device can determine the attribute information of the PDU session required by the APP according to the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor. If it does not match, the terminal device can determine whether other valid URSP rules match the APP.
  • the traffic descriptor can correspond to one or more routing descriptors, and different routing descriptors can have different priorities.
  • the traffic descriptor may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: application identifiers, IP descriptors, domain descriptors, and non-IP descriptors.
  • the information in the URSP rules can be found in Table 1.
  • the application identifier is used to uniquely identify an application.
  • the IP triplet can include the destination IP address or IPv6 network prefix, destination port number, and protocol IDs above the protocol IP.
  • the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) carries both the host name and the domain name. It should be noted that IP descriptors and non-IP descriptors will not exist at the same time.
  • the attributes in the scope of the UE context in Table 1 are stored in the terminal device.
  • the routing descriptor may include at least one routing component.
  • the routing component can be any of the following: session and service continuity (session and service continuity, SSC) mode selection, network slice selection, and data network name (data network name, DNN) selection.
  • SSC session and service continuity
  • DNN data network name
  • the SSC mode can meet different continuity requirements of terminal devices, and the SSC mode may include, but is not limited to, SSC mode 1, SSC mode 2, and SSC mode 3.
  • the network when adopting SSC mode 1, the network retains the connection with the terminal device; when adopting SSC mode 2, the network can release the corresponding PDU session.
  • the network can trigger the PDU session release and instruct the terminal device to establish a new PDU session:
  • SSC mode 3 the network allows a new PDU session to be established before the old PDU session is released.
  • Single network slice selection assistance information can be used to identify a network slice (network slice, NS).
  • Network slicing refers to a logical network customized according to different service requirements on a physical or virtual network infrastructure.
  • Network slicing can include but is not limited to the following types: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), massive machine type communications, mMTC ).
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • URLLC ultra-reliable and low latency communications
  • mMTC massive machine type communications
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system for interworking between a 5G network and a delay-sensitive network TSN according to an embodiment of the application.
  • the number and form of the devices shown in FIG. 1 are only used as examples and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system may include, but is not limited to, a first delay-sensitive network TSN conversion device, and a second delay-sensitive network.
  • a network TSN conversion device two first delay-sensitive network TSN terminal devices (ie, the first delay-sensitive network terminal device 1 and the first delay-sensitive network terminal device 2), and a second delay-sensitive network TSN terminal device.
  • Practical applications can include two or more first TSN conversion devices, two or more second TSN conversion devices, two or more second TSN terminal devices, three or more than three The first TSN terminal device, two or more terminal devices, etc.
  • the first TSN conversion device shown in FIG. 1 includes two ports only for example and does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the first TSN conversion device may include more than two ports, or may include only one port.
  • the connection between the terminal device and a first TSN conversion device in FIG. 1 is only used as an example and does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the terminal device can be connected with two or more first TSN conversion devices.
  • the communication system shown in FIG. 1 includes two first TSN terminal devices (first TSN terminal device 1 (101), first TSN terminal device 2 (102)), one first TSN conversion device 103, and one terminal device 104 , A wireless access device 105, a user plane network element 106, a second TSN conversion device 107, a second TSN terminal device 108, a policy control network element 109, a mobility management network element 110, and a session management network
  • the element 111, and the first TSN conversion device 103 is connected to the first TSN terminal device 101 and the first TSN terminal device 102 through different ports as an example.
  • TSN bridge logical TSN bridge
  • 5G system 5G system
  • NW-TT network-side TSN translator
  • the TSN bridge may include a port on the anchor point (DS-TT) side, a user plane tunnel (ie, PDU session) between the terminal device 104 and the user plane network element 106, and a port on the DS-TT side.
  • a user plane tunnel ie, PDU session
  • the 5G network can communicate with the TSN network.
  • the PDU session established in the 5G network is associated with the port on the DS-TT side and the port on the NW-TT side.
  • the logical TSN bridge can be granular with the user plane network element 106, and all PDU sessions connected to the same TSN network through the same user plane network element 106 can form a virtual bridge.
  • a PDU session can be established separately for each DS-TT port, that is, no PDU session is shared between different DS-TT ports.
  • different DS-TT ports may refer to different ports on the same DS-TT, or may refer to ports on different DS-TTs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first TSN conversion device 103 in FIG. 1 may be the DS-TT
  • the second TSN conversion device 107 in FIG. 1 may be the NW-TT.
  • the first TSN terminal device 101, the first TSN terminal device 102, and the second TSN terminal device 108 may be used to generate and/or receive time sensitive communication (time sensitive communication, TSC) service information, namely TSC Business data packets.
  • TSC time sensitive communication
  • the data message of the TSC service is generated by the terminal equipment in the TSN network.
  • the first TSN conversion device 103 and the second TSN conversion device 107 can be used to identify the configuration information issued by the TSN network controller (centralized network controller, CNC,) (not shown in FIG. 1), and according to the instructions of the TSN network controller Perform TSN related functions.
  • the first TSN conversion device 103 sends service information from the TSC network of the first TSN terminal device 1 to the terminal device 104, and then the terminal device 104 transmits the information to the terminal device 104 through the wireless access network device 105 and the user plane network element 106
  • the second TSN conversion device 107 can convert the received information into information that can be recognized by the TSN network, and send the information that can be recognized by the TSN network to the second TSN terminal device 108.
  • the radio access network (RAN) device 105 can provide the terminal device 104 with wireless access.
  • RAN equipment may include, but is not limited to: evolved NodeB (eNB), transmission reception point (TRP), next generation NodeB (gNB) in the NR system, and global interoperability for microwave access Base station (world interoperability for microwave accessbase station, WiMAX BS), base station in other future mobile communication systems or access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) systems.
  • the policy control network element 109 may be used to generate a URSP and send the URSP to the terminal device 104. It should be noted that the policy control network element 109 and the terminal device 104 shown in FIG. 1 are connected to the session management network element 111 through the mobility management network element 110, that is, the URSP sent by the policy control network element 109 passes through the session management network elements 111, The transmission of the mobility management network element 110 to the terminal device 104 is only used as an example. In other implementation manners, the policy control network element 109 and the terminal device 104 may be connected through other network elements or directly connected.
  • the terminal device 104 may be used to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the first TSN conversion device 103; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule.
  • the first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information can be transmitted through the second port; the second port is connected to the terminal device 104 has a topological connection relationship.
  • the first service information and the second service information may refer to time sensitive communication (time sensitive communication, TSC) service information, that is, the data message of the TSC service.
  • TSC time sensitive communication
  • the terminal device 104 determining that the first service information is transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device 103 may indicate that the terminal device 104 may determine that the first service information will be transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device 103.
  • the first service information may be generated by the first TSN terminal device connected to the first port, and needs to be sent to the second TSN terminal device 108 through the first TSN conversion device 103 and the terminal device 104.
  • the first service information may be generated by the second TSN terminal device 108, and needs to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first port through the terminal device 104 and the first TSN conversion device 103 .
  • the first port may be any port in the first TSN conversion device 103.
  • first TSN conversion device 103 and the terminal device 104 can be independent devices that are deployed separately, or they can be deployed together; the second TSN conversion device 107 and the user plane network element 106 can be independent devices that are deployed separately, or they can be combined. Deployment.
  • the deployment mode shown in FIG. 1 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first TSN conversion device and the first TSN terminal device can be directly connected, or through other TSN switches or TSN bridges; the second TSN conversion device and the second TSN terminal device can be directly connected, or through other TSN switch or TSN bridge connection, the connection mode shown in FIG. 1 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device 104 can determine the first PDU session for transmitting the first service information according to the URSP rule. There is a correspondence between the first PDU session and the first port. The corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the first port may indicate that the first service information transmitted by the first PDU session will be transmitted through the first port. There may be multiple PDU sessions in the 3GPP network. If the second service information transmitted by the second PDU session is transmitted through a port different from the first port (such as the second port), then the first PDU session may communicate with the second PDU. The session is different.
  • both the first port and the second port have a topological connection relationship with the terminal device 104, that is, the first port and the second port are connected to the same terminal device 104.
  • Both the first port and the second port have a topological connection relationship with the terminal device 104, which can mean that the terminal device 104 will receive the first service information transmitted through the first port, and will receive the second service information transmitted through the second port , Or the terminal device 104 will transmit the first service information through the first port, and will transmit the second service information through the second port.
  • the first PDU session for transmitting the first service information and the second PDU session for transmitting the second service information are both determined by the terminal device 104.
  • the first port and the second port may be different ports on the same first TSN conversion device, or may be ports on different first TSN conversion devices, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth generation
  • NR 5G new radio
  • the terminal device 104 in the embodiment of the present application may be an entity on the user side for receiving or transmitting signals.
  • a terminal device may also be called a terminal (terminal), a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), and so on.
  • Terminal devices can be mobile phones (mobile phones), wearable devices, tablet computers (Pad), computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, transportation safety (transportation) Wireless terminals in safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on.
  • the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session, so that the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports has different corresponding PDU sessions.
  • the execution subject of step S201, step S204 to step S205 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S202 to step S203 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S201 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • the TSN conversion device may be the first TSN conversion device in FIG. 1.
  • the terminal device determining that the first service information is transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device may indicate that the terminal device may determine that the first service information will be transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device.
  • the first service information may be information generated by terminal devices in the TSN network.
  • the terminal device may determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the first TSN conversion device in any of the following situations:
  • the terminal device receives the first service information from the first TSN conversion device , And the first service information reaches the first TSN conversion device through the first port of the first TSN conversion device.
  • the terminal device receives the service routing information sent by the management plane device or the control plane device (109 or 111 in Fig. 1).
  • the service routing information can be used to indicate that the first service information will pass through the first TSN conversion device
  • the first service information is generated by the first TSN terminal device (101 or 102 in FIG. 1) connected to the first TSN conversion device.
  • the terminal device receives the service routing information sent by the management plane device or the control plane device (109 or 111 in Fig. 1).
  • the service routing information can be used to indicate that the first service information will pass through the first TSN conversion device
  • the first port is transmitted to the first TSN terminal device (101 or 102 in Fig. 1) connected to the first TSN conversion device.
  • the first service information can be generated by the second TSN terminal device (108 in FIG. 1) connected to the second TSN conversion device (107 in FIG. 1).
  • the terminal device may determine that the first service information will be transmitted through the first port without actually receiving the first service information.
  • Step S202 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • the policy control network element may generate corresponding URSP rules according to the types of service information that may exist in the communication system shown in FIG. 1.
  • the URSP rules corresponding to each type can form a URSP.
  • URSP and URSP rules please refer to the previous description, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S203 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • the policy control network element After the policy control network element generates the URSP, it can send the URSP to the terminal device.
  • the policy control network element may send the URSP to the mobility management network element (such as AMF), and then the mobility management network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • the mobility management network element may initiate a service request process, and after initiating the service request process, the terminal device will be paged.
  • the URSP is sent to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may notify the mobility management network element of the reception result, and the mobility management network element may notify the policy control network element of the reception result.
  • Step S204 The terminal device determines the URSP rule according to the URSP.
  • the terminal device may determine the URSP rule according to the URSP.
  • URSP may include one or more URSP rules, and different URSP rules may have different rule priorities.
  • the terminal device may determine a URSP with a higher rule priority from the URSP according to the order of rule priority.
  • step S201 and the terminal device receiving the URSP is in no particular order.
  • the terminal device may first receive the URSP, and then perform step S201.
  • the terminal device may perform step S201 first, and then receive the URSP.
  • the terminal device may perform step S201 while receiving the URSP.
  • Step S205 The terminal device determines a first PDU session according to the URSP rule, and the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second The service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines the URSP rule, it can determine the attribute information (such as the first attribute information) of the PDU session applicable to the transmission of the first service information according to the URSP rule, and then determine that it has the first attribute according to the first attribute information.
  • the first PDU session of information. There may be multiple PDU sessions in the 3GPP network. If the second service information transmitted by the second PDU session is transmitted through a port different from the first port (such as the second port), then the first PDU session may communicate with the second PDU. The session is different.
  • the terminal device may determine the same PDU session for the service information transmitted through different ports, which will cause the terminal device to further process the downlink service according to the service characteristics. Services are matched to different ports of the same first TSN conversion device or to ports of different first TSN conversion devices, which will increase the complexity of terminal device implementation. Therefore, by implementing the embodiments of the present application, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information, which is also beneficial to reduce the complexity of terminal equipment implementation and improve the efficiency of the terminal equipment in processing downlink services.
  • the terminal device can determine whether the URSP rule is valid. If the URSP rule is valid, the first PDU session can be determined according to the URSP rule. If the URSP rule is invalid, other valid URSP rules can be selected from the URSP to determine the PDU session used to transmit the first service information.
  • each URSP rule may include a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • the traffic descriptor can correspond to one or more routing descriptors, and different routing descriptors can have different priorities.
  • the process for the terminal device to determine the first attribute information may be as follows: the terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the first service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, it may Determine a routing descriptor (such as routing descriptor 1) from the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor, for example, select the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor in the order of priority of the routing descriptor A routing descriptor is determined in the symbol; then, the terminal device can determine the first attribute information according to the routing descriptor 1. For example, the terminal device may determine the routing descriptor 1 as the first attribute information.
  • a routing descriptor such as routing descriptor 1
  • the terminal device may determine a first PDU session whose attribute information is the same as the first attribute information from an established session, and transmit the first service information through the first PDU session. In this way, the first PDU session can be reused.
  • the terminal device may determine the first PDU session from the multiple PDU sessions randomly or according to a preset rule.
  • the terminal device may create a first PDU session with the first attribute information.
  • the terminal device may create a first PDU session with the first attribute information in the case that there is no PDU session with the same attribute information as the first attribute information in the established session.
  • the URSP rule may include a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • the specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: if the flow descriptor If it matches the first port, the terminal device can determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor (corresponding to the traffic descriptor) and the attribute information of the established session.
  • the match between the flow descriptor and the first port may indicate that the URSP rule corresponding to the flow descriptor matches the first service information transmitted through the first port, that is, the traffic descriptor corresponding to the
  • the routing descriptor determines the attribute information of the first PDU session used to transmit the first service information.
  • the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor may be used as the attribute information of the first PDU session.
  • the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor (corresponding to the traffic descriptor) and the attribute information of the established session, which is beneficial to determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, that is, the first PDU session can be reused. In this way, new PDU sessions can be avoided, which is conducive to saving resources.
  • the terminal device determines the execution process of the first PDU session, refer to any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 7
  • the traffic descriptor may include the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the identification information of the port can be used to uniquely identify a port.
  • the identification information of the port can be a port number or a media access control (MAC) address of the port.
  • MAC media access control
  • the ports mentioned in the embodiments of this application all refer to ports on the TSN conversion device.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the traffic descriptor can be used to uniquely identify a first TSN terminal device, that is, a TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor may be used to indicate the source MAC address or the destination MAC address of the TSN service information, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor may be a device that generates TSN service information, Alternatively, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the traffic descriptor may be a device that the TSN service information needs to reach.
  • the flow descriptor when the flow descriptor includes the identification information of the port, if the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port (that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port). The first port is the same), it can be determined that the traffic descriptor matches the first port.
  • the flow descriptor when the flow descriptor includes the identification information of the TSN terminal device, if the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device (that is, the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device).
  • the TSN terminal device indicated by the information is the same as the first TSN terminal device), it can be determined that the traffic descriptor matches the first port.
  • the first TSN terminal device may have a topological connection relationship with the first port. The topological connection between the first TSN terminal device and the first port may indicate that the service information generated by the first TSN terminal device will be transmitted through the first port, or the service information transmitted through the first port will be transmitted To the first TSN terminal device.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session when the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor, and the routing descriptors corresponding to different flow descriptors are different.
  • the service information transmitted through different ports received by the terminal device corresponds to different PDU sessions.
  • the execution subject of step S301, step S304 to step S305 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S302 to step S303 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S301 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S302 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S303 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • step S301 to step S303 please refer to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S304 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP; the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor, and routing descriptors corresponding to different flow descriptors are different.
  • the routing descriptor may be used to determine the attribute information of the PDU session.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, the attribute information of the PDU session determined according to the corresponding routing descriptors is different. Therefore, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made different.
  • step S304 please refer to the specific description of step S204 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S305 If the traffic descriptor matches the aforementioned first port, the terminal device determines the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, and the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned First service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
  • the one or more PDU sessions 1 can be selected randomly or according to a preset rule. Determine the first PDU session. Since the ports used to transmit the first service information and the second service information are different, the selected traffic descriptors are different for the first service information and the second service information. Correspondingly, for the first service information and the second service information, the selected routing descriptors are different, and therefore, the determined attribute information of the PDU session is also different. Furthermore, the first PDU session used to transmit the first service information can be made different from the second PDU session used to transmit the second service information.
  • step S305 it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal equipment transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S305, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It can also include the port identification information, that is, the port identification information can be added to the flow descriptor in the URSP rule (Table 1). At this time, the information in the URSP rules can be found in Table 3.
  • the aforementioned matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean that the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port, that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the first port.
  • the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for different (port) identification information .
  • the URSP rule that different (port) identification information matches different routing descriptors can mean that the S-NSSAI and/or DNN in the routing descriptors are different.
  • the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It can also include port identification information.
  • the routing component in the routing descriptor can also include port identification information. The identification information of the port is added to the flow descriptor in the rule (Table 1), and the routing component, the identification information of the port, is added to the routing descriptor (Table 2).
  • the information in the URSP rule can be referred to Table 3
  • the information in the routing descriptor can be referred to Table 4.
  • the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for different (port) identification information .
  • the URSP rule that different (port) identification information matches different routing descriptors can mean: the identification information of the port in the routing descriptor is different; or the identification information of the port in the routing descriptor and S -NSSAI is different; or, the port identification information in the routing descriptor is different from the DNN; or, the port identification information in the routing descriptor, S-NSSAI and DNN are different.
  • the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It may also include the identification information of the TSN terminal device, that is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device may be added to the flow descriptor in the URSP rule (Table 1). At this time, the information in the URSP rules can be seen in Table 5.
  • the foregoing flow descriptor matching the first port may mean that the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is The first TSN terminal equipment is the same.
  • the first TSN terminal device may have a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the URSP rule may match the same routing descriptor for the different (TSN terminal devices) identification information. If the TSN terminal equipment indicated by different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information is connected to different ports (including ports connected to different TSN conversion equipment, or connected to different ports on the same TSN conversion equipment), even if other descriptors (For example, at least one of the application identifier, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor) is the same, and the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for the different (TSN terminal device) identification information. At this time, the URSP rule matching different routing descriptors for different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information may mean that the S-NSSAI and/or DNN in the routing descriptors are different.
  • the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It may also include the identification information of the TSN terminal device, and the routing component in the routing descriptor may include at least one of SSC mode selection, network slice selection and DNN selection, and may also include the identification information of the TSN terminal device, That is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device can be added to the flow descriptor in the URSP rule (Table 1), and the routing component of the identification information of the TSN terminal device can be added to the routing descriptor (Table 2). At this time, the information in the URSP rule can be referred to Table 5, and the information in the routing descriptor can be referred to Table 6.
  • the URSP rule may match the same routing descriptor for the different (TSN terminal devices) identification information. If the TSN terminal equipment indicated by different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information is connected to different ports (including ports connected to different TSN conversion equipment, or connected to different ports on the same TSN conversion equipment), even if other descriptors (For example, at least one of the application identifier, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor) is the same, and the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for the different (TSN terminal device) identification information.
  • the URSP rule is that different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information matches different routing descriptors, which can mean: the identification information of the TSN terminal equipment in the routing descriptor is different; or, the TSN terminal in the routing descriptor
  • the identification information of the device is different from the S-NSSAI; or, the identification information of the TSN terminal device in the routing descriptor is different from the DNN; or, the identification information of the TSN terminal device in the routing descriptor, S-NSSAI and DNN are different.
  • the selected traffic descriptors are different for the first service information and the second service information.
  • the selected routing descriptors are different, and therefore, the determined attribute information of the PDU session is also different.
  • the first PDU session used to transmit the first service information can be made different from the second PDU session used to transmit the second service information. In this way, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal equipment transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session according to the corresponding relationship between the established session (such as the second PDU session) and the identification information of the port, so that the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports corresponds to The PDU session is different.
  • the execution subject of step S401, step S404 to step S407 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S402 to step S403 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description.
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S401 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S402 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S403 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S404 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • step S401 to step S404 please refer to the detailed description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG.
  • Step S405 If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines a second PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • the traffic descriptor may include port identification information.
  • the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean that the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port, that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the first port.
  • the second PDU session may be determined from the one or more PDU sessions 1 randomly or according to a preset rule. For the execution process of matching the flow descriptor with the first port, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors may be different or the same. In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, the attribute information of the PDU session determined according to the corresponding routing descriptors is different. At this time, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made different. If different service information is transmitted through different ports, the PDU session may not be shared between different ports.
  • the PDU session is determined
  • the attribute information is the same.
  • the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made the same.
  • the port indicated by the identification information included in flow descriptor 1 is the same as port 1 (that is, flow descriptor 1 matches port 1)
  • flow description The port indicated by the identification information included in the symbol 2 is the same as that of the port 2 (that is, the flow descriptor 2 matches the port 2)
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to the flow descriptor 1 and the flow descriptor 2 (such as routing descriptor 1 ) Is the same
  • the session attributes determined according to routing descriptor 1 will be the same.
  • the PDU session determined in the established session based on the session attributes may be the same as the PDU session used for transmitting service information.
  • the PDU session of information 2 is the same.
  • Step S406 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PDU session and the identification information of the port for transmitting the service information may be stored. So that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port may indicate that the PDU session may be used to transmit service information transmitted through the port. For example, if the second PDU session has a corresponding relationship with the identification information of port 1, it may indicate that the second PDU session can be used to transmit service information transmitted through port 1, but cannot be used to transmit information transmitted through ports other than port 1. Business information.
  • Step S407 If the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the terminal device uses the second PDU session as the first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first PDU session. Service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which may indicate that the second PDU session may be used to transmit service information (that is, first service information) transmitted via the first port. Therefore, the terminal device can use the second PDU session as the first PDU session.
  • the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which may include the following situations: the service information 1 transmitted by the second PDU session is transmitted to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the second The service information 1 transmitted in the PDU session is transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the service information 1 transmitted in the second PDU session is transmitted to the first TSN conversion through the first port The next hop TSN device of the device.
  • the above situation means that the service information 1 and the first service information are transmitted through the same port (i.e., the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the second PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the second PDU session, and by reusing the second PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources.
  • the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, which may indicate that the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 1 (transmitted by the second PDU session). different. Therefore, the second PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information (transmitted via the first port).
  • the terminal device can send a PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the PDU session establishment request is used to request Establish a first PDU session for transmitting the first service information. In this way, different ports can be prevented from sharing the same PDU session.
  • step S407 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the second PDU session, and through Reusing the second PDU session is conducive to saving resources.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the first PDU when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session Conversation.
  • the execution subject of step S501, step S504 to step S508 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S502 to step S503 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description.
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S501 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S502 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S503 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S504 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • Step S505 If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines the second PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • Step S506 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session.
  • step S501 to step S504 please refer to the specific description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG. 2 respectively.
  • step S505 to step S506 please refer to the specific description of step S405 to step S406 in FIG. 4 respectively. , I won’t repeat it here.
  • Step S507 If the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the terminal device sends a first PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the first PDU session establishment request is used to request Establish a first PDU session, the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port;
  • the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
  • the difference between the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session and the identification information of the first port may indicate that the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 1 (transmitted by the second PDU session). Therefore, the second PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information (transmitted via the first port). In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session.
  • the network element sends a first PDU session establishment request to request the establishment of the first PDU session. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S507, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S508 The terminal device receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the first PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send the first PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port may be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • the terminal device when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, when the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the The session management network element sends a first PDU session establishment request to request a new first PDU session.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session according to the correspondence between the established session (such as the third PDU session) and the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the execution subject of step S601, step S604 to step S607 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S602 to step S603 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S601 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S602 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S603 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S604 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • step S601 to step S604 please refer to the detailed description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG.
  • Step S605 If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines a third PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • the traffic descriptor may include the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean: the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor and the first port A TSN terminal equipment is the same.
  • the third PDU session may be determined from the one or more PDU sessions 1 randomly or according to a preset rule.
  • the execution process of matching the traffic descriptor with the first port please refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors may be different or the same. In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, the attribute information of the PDU session determined according to the corresponding routing descriptors is different. At this time, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made different. If different service information is transmitted through different ports, the PDU session may not be shared between different ports.
  • the PDU session is determined
  • the attribute information is the same.
  • the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made the same.
  • service information 1 is generated by TSN terminal device 1
  • service information 2 is generated by TSN terminal device 2
  • the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in traffic descriptor 1 has a topological connection with port 1 (that is, traffic descriptor 1 Match with port 1)
  • the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor 2 has a topological connection with port 2 (that is, the flow descriptor 2 matches the port 2)
  • the flow descriptor 1 and the flow descriptor 2 If the corresponding routing descriptors (such as routing descriptor 1) are the same, the session attributes determined according to routing descriptor 1 will be the same. Further, it may cause the usage determined in the established session according to the session attributes.
  • the PDU session used to transmit service information 1 is the same as the PDU session used to transmit service information 2.
  • Step S606 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session can be used to indicate: the source address or destination address information corresponding to the service information (such as service information 2) transmitted by the third PDU session, that is, the TSN terminal corresponding to the third PDU session
  • the device may be the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 2, or it may be the destination TSN terminal device that the service information 2 reaches.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PDU session and the identification information of the TSN terminal device can indicate that the PDU session can be used to transmit service information generated by the TSN terminal device, or the PDU session can be used to transmit the destination device to the TSN terminal device. Business information.
  • each terminal device after each terminal device establishes a PDU session (including the third PDU session) for transmitting service information, it may store the source address or destination corresponding to the PDU session and the service information 2 transmitted by the PDU session.
  • the corresponding relationship between the address information that is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • Step S607 If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device uses the third PDU session as the first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used for The foregoing first service information is transmitted; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through a second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device; wherein , The first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, which can mean that the service information 2 and the first service information transmitted in the third PDU session are both generated by the first TSN terminal device. Or, both the service information 2 and the first service information transmitted in the third PDU session need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device. Therefore, the service information 2 and the first service information will be transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the third PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the third PDU session, and by reusing the third PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, which may indicate that the service information 2 transmitted by the third PDU session does not pass through the first TSN terminal device. Generate, or, the service information 2 transmitted in the third PDU session does not need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device. If the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 2 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to different ports, the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 2. Therefore, the third PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information. In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device can request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a PDU session establishment request to the session management network element.
  • step S607 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the third PDU session.
  • Information by reusing the third PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session. Determine the first PDU session.
  • the execution subject of step S701, step S704 to step S708 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S702 to step S703 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take terminal equipment and policy control network elements as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description.
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S701 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S702 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S703 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S704 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • Step S705 If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines a third PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • Step S706 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session.
  • step S701 to step S704 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S705 to step S706 can be referred to the specific description of step S605 to step S606 in FIG. 6 respectively. , I won’t repeat it here.
  • Step S707 If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device sends a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the second PDU session is established
  • the request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, which is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information passes through the second Port transmission;
  • the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the difference between the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device may indicate that the service information 2 transmitted in the third PDU session is not generated by the first TSN terminal device, or the third PDU The service information 2 transmitted by the session does not need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device.
  • step S707 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may determine the third PDU session as the first PDU session.
  • Step S708 The terminal device receives a second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send a second PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device can be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship .
  • the terminal The device may send a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element to request a new first PDU session.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail how the terminal device creates a first PDU session when there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • the execution subject of step S801, step S804 to step S806 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S802 to step S803 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S801 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S802 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S803 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S804 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • step S801 to step S803 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S804 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S805 If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, and there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device sends a third PDU session establishment request to the session management network element ,
  • the third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, the third PDU session establishment request includes the routing descriptor;
  • the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information;
  • the first PDU session Different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second service information is transmitted through the second port;
  • the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
  • the traffic descriptor may include port identification information.
  • the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean that the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port, that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the first port.
  • the traffic descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean: the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor and the first port A TSN terminal equipment is the same. There is a topological connection relationship between the first TSN terminal device and the first port.
  • a third PDU session establishment request carrying the routing descriptor may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor.
  • the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device. In this way, it is convenient for the terminal device to determine the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port, or the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the routing descriptor may also include S-NSSAI and/or DNN.
  • Step S806 The terminal device receives a third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first The PDU session is successfully established; where the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the session management network element may establish the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor carried in the third PDU session establishment request.
  • the routing descriptor may include not only port identification information or TSN terminal device identification information, but also S-NSSAI and/or DNN.
  • the attribute information of the newly created first PDU session may be the same as the routing descriptor.
  • the attribute information of the newly created first PDU session may include other session attribute information in addition to the routing descriptor.
  • the routing descriptor includes DNN1 and port 1
  • the attribute information of the newly created first PDU session may include SSC mode 1 in addition to DNN1 and port 1.
  • the third PDU session establishment response message sent by the session management network element may include the routing descriptor or attribute information of the newly created first PDU session.
  • the routing descriptor when the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, it can store the identification information between the first PDU session and the port (ie, the first port) The corresponding relationship, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the TSN terminal device, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, it can store the first PDU session and the TSN terminal device (the TSN terminal device has a topological connection with the first port) The corresponding relationship between the identification information, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • a third PDU session establishment request carrying the routing descriptor may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port.
  • the execution subject of step S901, step S904 to step S908 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S902 to step S903 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S901 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S902 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S903 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S904 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • step S901 to step S903 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S904 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S905 The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the aforementioned first service information.
  • the terminal device may determine its traffic descriptor according to the characteristics of the first service information.
  • the first service information may trigger an application in the terminal device, and the terminal device may use the flow descriptor of the application as the flow descriptor of the first service information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the flow descriptor of the application when obtaining the installation information of the application from the application server.
  • Step S906 If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, which can indicate that the URSP rule matches the first service information.
  • the terminal device can determine the application through the routing descriptor in the URSP rule.
  • the first PDU session for transmitting the first service information. Specifically, the terminal device may determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, and then determine the first PDU session according to the fourth PDU session.
  • Step S907 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PDU session and the identification information of the port for transmitting the service information may be stored. So that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • Step S908 If the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the terminal device regards the fourth PDU session as the first PDU session; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service Information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit second service information, the second service information is transmitted through a second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
  • the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which may indicate that the service information 3 transmitted in the fourth PDU session may be transmitted to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the fourth PDU
  • the service information 3 transmitted in the session can be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the service information 3 transmitted in the fourth PDU session can be transmitted to the first TSN through the first port
  • the next hop TSN device of the conversion device Therefore, the service information 3 and the first service information are transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port).
  • the service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the fourth PDU session as the first PDU session.
  • step S908 new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fourth PDU session, and by reusing the fourth PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources. It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S908 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fourth PDU session, and through Reusing the fourth PDU session is conducive to saving resources.
  • step S1001, step S1004 to step S1009 are executed by the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, and the execution subject of step S1002 to step S1003 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 10, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1001 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S1002 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S1003 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S1004 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • Step S1005 The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the aforementioned first service information.
  • Step S1006 If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • Step S1007 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session.
  • step S1001 to step S1003 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S1004 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG.
  • step S905 to step S907 in FIG. 9 please refer to the specific description of step S905 to step S907 in FIG. 9 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S1008 If the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the terminal device sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the fourth PDU session establishment request is used to request Establish a first PDU session; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the The second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
  • the difference between the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session and the identification information of the first port may indicate that the service information 3 and the first service information transmitted in the fourth PDU session are transmitted through different ports.
  • the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device may request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element. It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S1008 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S1009 The terminal device receives a fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send a fourth PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port may be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • the terminal device when the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the The session management network element sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to request a new first PDU session.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the execution subject of step S1101 and step S1104 to step S1108 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device
  • the execution subject of step S1102 to step S1103 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows
  • the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1101 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S1102 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S1103 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S1104 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • step S1101 to step S1103 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S1104 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S1105 The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the foregoing first service information.
  • the terminal device may determine its traffic descriptor according to the characteristics of the first service information.
  • the first service information may trigger an application in the terminal device, and the terminal device may use the flow descriptor of the application as the flow descriptor of the first service information.
  • the terminal device may obtain the flow descriptor of the application when obtaining the installation information of the application from the application server.
  • Step S1106 If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • step S1106 For the execution process of step S1106, please refer to the specific description of step S906 in FIG. 9, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S1107 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session can be used to indicate: the source address or destination address information corresponding to the service information (such as service information 4) transmitted by the fifth PDU session, that is, the TSN terminal corresponding to the fifth PDU session
  • the device may be the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 4, or it may be the destination TSN terminal device that the service information 4 reaches.
  • each terminal device after each terminal device establishes a PDU session (including the fifth PDU session) for transmitting service information, it can store the source address or destination of the PDU session and the service information 4 transmitted by the PDU session.
  • the corresponding relationship between the address information that is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device), so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
  • Step S1108 If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device regards the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session; the first PDU session is used for transmission The foregoing first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device; first There is a topological connection relationship between the TSN terminal device and the first port.
  • the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, which may indicate that the service information 4 and the first service information transmitted in the fifth PDU session are both generated by the first TSN terminal device. Or, both the service information 4 and the first service information transmitted in the fifth PDU session need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device. Therefore, the service information 4 and the first service information will be transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session.
  • step S1108 new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fifth PDU session, and by reusing the fifth PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S1108, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fifth PDU session.
  • Information by reusing the fifth PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
  • step S1201, step S1204 to step S1209 are executed by the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S1202 to step S1203 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 12, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
  • Step S1201 The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
  • Step S1202 The policy control network element generates a URSP.
  • Step S1203 The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
  • Step S1204 The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • Step S1205 The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the aforementioned first service information.
  • Step S1206 If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  • Step S1207 The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session.
  • step S1201 to step S1203 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S1204 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG.
  • step S1105 to step S1107 in FIG. 11 please refer to the specific description of step S1105 to step S1107 in FIG. 11 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step S1208 If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device sends a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the fifth PDU session is established
  • the request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information passes through the second Port transmission;
  • the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the difference between the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device may indicate that the service information 4 transmitted in the fifth PDU session is not generated by the first TSN terminal device, or the fifth PDU The service information 4 transmitted by the session does not need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device.
  • the terminal device that generates the service information 4 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to different ports, the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 4. In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device may request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S1208, please refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal device may determine the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session.
  • Step S1209 The terminal device receives a fifth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fifth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send a fifth PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device can be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship .
  • the terminal The device may send a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element to request the creation of the first PDU session.
  • the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspectives of terminal devices, policy control network elements, and session management network elements, respectively.
  • the terminal device, the policy control network element, and the session management network element may include a hardware structure and a software module, in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module To achieve the above functions.
  • One of the above-mentioned functions can be executed in a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may include a transceiver module 1301 and a processing module 1302.
  • the transceiver module 1301 may include a sending module and/or a receiving module.
  • the sending module is used to realize the sending function
  • the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function
  • the sending and receiving module 1301 may realize the sending function and/or the receiving function.
  • the transceiver module can also be described as a communication module.
  • the communication device 130 may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
  • the communication device 130 may be a policy control network element, a device in a policy control network element, or a device that can be matched and used with a policy control network element.
  • the communication device 130 may be a session management network element, a device in a session management network element, or a device that can be matched and used with the session management network element.
  • the communication device 130 is a terminal device: the transceiver module 1301 is used to receive the URSP from the policy control network element; the processing module 1302 is used to determine that the first service information is transmitted through the first port of the TSN conversion device; according to the information received from the policy control network element URSP, determine the URSP rule; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, the first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second Service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the communication device 130.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor
  • the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, which can be specifically used to: If the descriptor matches the first port, the first PDU session is determined according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: The first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session is determined.
  • the flow descriptor includes identification information of the port; the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the aforementioned port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
  • the foregoing routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the foregoing port.
  • the flow descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device; the matching of the foregoing flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; Wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the aforementioned TSN terminal device.
  • the processing module 1302 when configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session Match the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, use the second PDU session as The first PDU session.
  • the processing module 1302 when configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session Match the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the The management network element sends a first PDU session establishment request, which is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session; and receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301. The PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  • the processing module 1302 when configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information in the established session and the foregoing routing description Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then The third PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the processing module 1302 when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information in the established session and the foregoing routing description Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then Send a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301, the second PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection with the first port; and The second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the transceiver module 1301, and the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  • the processing module 1302 when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: if the attribute information and the aforementioned routing selection do not exist in the established session For the session that matches the descriptor, a third PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301. The third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, and the third PDU session establishment request includes the route.
  • the third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the transceiver module 1301, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first The PDU session is successfully established; where the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session establishment is sent to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301 Request, the fourth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; and the fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the transceiver module 1301, and the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the
  • the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Acquire the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the fifth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU Session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device and the first port have a topological connection relationship.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, send a message to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301 Send the fifth PDU session establishment request, the fifth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device and the first port have a topological connection relationship; and the transceiver module
  • the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  • the communication device 130 is a policy control network element: the processing module 1302 is used to generate a URSP; the transceiver module 1301 is used to send the URSP to the terminal device.
  • the URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a corresponding flow descriptor. Routing descriptor: The flow descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
  • the foregoing flow descriptor includes port identification information; the routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and port identification information.
  • the foregoing traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device; the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, identification information of the TSN terminal device .
  • the communication device 130 is a session management network element: the transceiver module 1301 is used to receive a PDU session establishment request (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request) from a terminal device.
  • the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
  • the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor; the processing module 1302 is used to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor; the transceiver module 1301 is also used to send a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device (such as the aforementioned third PDU Session establishment response message), the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal equipment ⁇ identification information.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 140 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 140 may be a terminal device, a policy control network element, a session management network element, a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the terminal device to implement the above method, or a policy control network element.
  • the chip, chip system, or processor that the network element implements the foregoing method may also be a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the session management network element to implement the foregoing method.
  • the device can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment, and for details, please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 140 may include one or more processors 1401.
  • the processor 1401 may be a general-purpose processor, a special-purpose processor, or the like.
  • it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
  • the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
  • the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute computer programs, and process Computer program data.
  • the communication device 140 may include one or more memories 1402, on which a computer program 1404 may be stored, and the computer program may be executed on the communication device 140, so that the communication device 140 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiments. Methods.
  • the memory 1402 may also store data.
  • the communication device 140 and the memory 1402 can be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 140 may further include a transceiver 1405 and an antenna 1406.
  • the transceiver 1405 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., for implementing the transceiver function.
  • the transceiver 1405 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
  • the receiver may be referred to as a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., for implementing a receiving function;
  • the transmitter may be referred to as a transmitter or a transmitting circuit, etc., for implementing a transmitting function.
  • the communication device 140 may further include one or more interface circuits 1407.
  • the interface circuit 1407 is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor 1401.
  • the processor 1401 runs the code instructions to make the communication device 140 execute the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device 140 is a terminal device: the processor 1401 is used to execute step S201, step S204 to step S205 in FIG. 2; it is used to execute step S301, step S304 to step S305 in FIG. 3; it is used to execute the steps in FIG. S401, step S404 to step S407; used to perform step S501, step S504 to step S506 in FIG. 5; used to perform step S601, step S604 to step S607 in FIG. 6; used to perform step S701, step S701 in FIG. Step S704 ⁇ Step S706; used to perform step S801 and step S804 in Fig. 8; used to perform step S901, step S904 ⁇ step S908 in Fig.
  • step S1004 used to perform step S1007 in Fig. 10 ; Used to perform step S1101 in FIG. 11, step S1104 to step S1108; or used to perform step S1201 in FIG. 12, step S1204 to step S1207.
  • the transceiver 1405 is used to perform steps S507 to S508 in FIG. 5; used to perform steps S707 to S708 in FIG. 7; used to perform steps S805 to S806 in FIG. 8; and used to perform steps in FIG. 10 S1008 to step S1009; or used to execute step S1208 to step S1209 in FIG. 12.
  • the communication device 140 is a policy control network element: the processor 1401 is used to perform step S202 in FIG. 2; used to perform step S302 in FIG. 3; used to perform step S402 in FIG. 4; S502; used to perform step S602 in Figure 6; used to perform step S702 in Figure 7; used to perform step S802 in Figure 8; used to perform step S902 in Figure 9; used to perform step S902 in Figure 10 S1002; used to perform step S1102 in FIG. 11; or used to perform step S1202 in FIG. 12.
  • the transceiver 1405 is used to perform step S203 in Figure 2; used to perform step S303 in Figure 3; used to perform step S403 in Figure 4; used to perform step S503 in Figure 5; used to perform step S503 in Figure 6 Step S603; used to perform step S703 in Figure 7; used to perform step S803 in Figure 8; used to perform step S903 in Figure 9; used to perform step S1003 in Figure 10; used to perform step S1003 in Figure 11 Step S1103; or used to execute step S1203 in FIG. 12.
  • the communication device 140 is a session management network element: the transceiver 1405 is configured to receive a PDU session establishment request (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request) from a terminal device, and the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session.
  • a PDU session establishment request such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request
  • the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor; the processor 1401 is configured to execute the establishment of a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor; the transceiver 1405 is also configured to execute sending a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device (such as the aforementioned third PDU Session establishment response message), the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal equipment ⁇ identification information.
  • the processor 1401 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
  • the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
  • the transceiver circuits, interfaces, or interface circuits used to implement the receiving and transmitting functions can be separate or integrated.
  • the foregoing transceiver circuit, interface, or interface circuit can be used for code/data reading and writing, or the foregoing transceiver circuit, interface, or interface circuit can be used for signal transmission or transmission.
  • the processor 1401 may store a computer program 1403, and the computer program 1403 runs on the processor 1401 to enable the communication device 140 to execute the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the computer program 1403 may be solidified in the processor 1401.
  • the processor 1401 may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device 140 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the sending or receiving or communication function in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor and transceiver described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), printed circuit board ( printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
  • the processor and transceiver can also be manufactured by various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
  • CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
  • NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
  • PMOS P-type Metal oxide semiconductor
  • BJT bipolar junction transistor
  • BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
  • SiGe silicon germanium
  • GaAs gallium arsenide
  • the communication device described in the above embodiment may be a terminal device, a policy control network element, or a session management network element, but the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to this, and the structure of the communication device may be Not limited by Figure 14.
  • the communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
  • the communication device may be:
  • the IC collection may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;
  • ASIC such as a modem (Modem)
  • the communication device can be a chip or a chip system
  • the chip shown in FIG. 15 includes a processor 1501 and an interface 1502.
  • the number of processors 1501 can be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1502 can be more than one.
  • the interface 1502 is used to receive the URSP from the policy control network element; the processor 1501 is used to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; The URSP rule determines a first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used to transmit first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; The second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
  • the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: If the descriptor matches the first port, the first PDU session is determined according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: The first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session is determined.
  • the flow descriptor includes identification information of the port; the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the aforementioned port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
  • the foregoing routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the foregoing port.
  • the flow descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device; the matching of the foregoing flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; Wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the aforementioned TSN terminal device.
  • the processor 1501 when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session Match the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, use the second PDU session as The first PDU session.
  • the processor 1501 when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session The second PDU session that matches the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the interface 1502 is used to manage the session
  • the network element sends a first PDU session establishment request, which is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session; and receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element through the interface 1502, the first PDU session The establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  • the processor 1501 when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the foregoing routing description in the established session Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then The third PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  • the processor 1501 when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the foregoing routing description in the established session Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then Send a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the interface 1502, the second PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and The interface 1502 receives a second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  • the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  • the processor 1501 when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: if the attribute information and the aforementioned routing selection do not exist in the established session For sessions matching the descriptors, a third PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element through the interface 1502. The third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, and the third PDU session establishment request includes the routing selection.
  • Descriptor receiving the third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element through the interface 1502, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU session The establishment is successful; wherein, the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, send a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the interface 1502 , The fourth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; and the fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the interface 1502, and the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU The session was established successfully
  • the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Acquire the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the fifth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU Session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device and the first port have a topological connection relationship.
  • the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, send it to the session management network element through the interface 1502
  • the fifth PDU session establishment request, the fifth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and the first TSN terminal device is connected to the first port through the
  • the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  • the processor 1501 is configured to generate a URSP; the interface 1502 is configured to send the URSP to a terminal device.
  • the URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes The identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  • the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
  • the foregoing flow descriptor includes port identification information; the routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and port identification information.
  • the foregoing traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device; the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, identification information of the TSN terminal device .
  • the interface 1502 is configured to receive a PDU session establishment request (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request) from a terminal device, the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor;
  • the processor 1501 is configured to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor;
  • the interface 1502 is also configured to send a PDU session establishment response message (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment response message) to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response
  • the message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; where the routing descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal device identification information.
  • the chip further includes a memory 1503, and the memory 1503 is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a session processing system, which includes a communication device as a terminal device in the embodiment of FIG. 13 and a communication device as a policy control network element, or the system includes a communication device as a terminal in the embodiment of FIG.
  • the system includes a communication device as a terminal device, a communication device as a policy control network element, and a communication device as a session management network element in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 14.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed by a computer, the function of any of the foregoing method embodiments is realized.
  • This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, realizes the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer programs.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer program may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer program may be downloaded from a website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
  • At least one in this application can also be described as one or more, and the multiple can be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in this application.
  • the technical feature is distinguished by “first”, “second”, “third”, “A”, “B”, “C”, and “D”, etc.
  • first”, “Second”, “Third”, “A”, “B”, “C” and “D” there is no order or size order among the technical features.
  • the corresponding relationships shown in the tables in this application can be configured or pre-defined.
  • the value of the information in each table is only an example, and can be configured to other values, which is not limited in this application.
  • the corresponding relationship shown in some rows may not be configured.
  • appropriate deformation adjustments can be made based on the above table, such as splitting, merging, and so on.
  • the names of the parameters shown in the titles in the above tables may also be other names that can be understood by the communication device, and the values or expressions of the parameters may also be other values or expressions that can be understood by the communication device.
  • other data structures can also be used, such as arrays, queues, containers, stacks, linear tables, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables, or hash tables. Wait.
  • the pre-definition in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, curing, or pre-fired.

Abstract

Disclosed are a session processing method and an apparatus therefor. The method comprises: a terminal device determining to transmit first service information by means of a first port of a TSN conversion device; determining a URSP rule according to a URSP received from a policy control network element; and determining a first PDU session according to the URSP rule, wherein the first PDU session is used for transmitting the first service information, the first PDU session is different from a PDU session which is used for transmitting second service information, the second service information is transmitted by means of a second port, and the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device. By means of implementation of the embodiments of the present application, a suitable PDU session can be selected for transmitting service information.

Description

一种会话处理方法及其装置Method and device for processing session 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种会话处理方法及其装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a session processing method and device.
背景技术Background technique
时延敏感网络(time sensitive network,TSN)可以保障时延敏感业务传输的可靠性。通过TSN转换设备可以使得第三代合作计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)网络和TSN网络互通,即通过该TSN转换设备可以使得TSN网络的业务信息在3GPP网络中传输。Time-sensitive network (TSN) can guarantee the reliability of delay-sensitive service transmission. The TSN conversion device can enable the 3rd generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) network to communicate with the TSN network, that is, the TSN conversion device can enable the service information of the TSN network to be transmitted in the 3GPP network.
在3GPP网络中如何选择用于传输TSN网络的业务信息的协议数据单元(protocol data unit,PDU)会话是亟待解决的技术问题。How to select a protocol data unit (PDU) session for transmitting service information of a TSN network in a 3GPP network is a technical problem to be solved urgently.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种会话处理方法及其装置,可以选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息。The embodiments of the present application provide a session processing method and device, which can select a suitable PDU session for transmitting service information.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种会话处理方法,该方法包括:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息;根据从策略控制网元接收的URSP,确定URSP规则;并根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于传输第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与所述终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a session processing method, the method includes: a terminal device determines to transmit first service information through a first port of a TSN conversion device; and determines a URSP rule according to a URSP received from a policy control network element; And determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, the first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information passes through the second port Transmission; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
在该技术方案中,可以使得终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同,即可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。因此,通过这种方式,有利于选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息。In this technical solution, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, it is beneficial to select a suitable PDU session for the transmission of service information.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor. The specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: if the flow descriptor is If the first port matches, the first PDU session is determined according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
在该技术方案中,终端设备根据路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,有利于从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,即可以重用第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以避免新建PDU会话,从而有利于节省资源。In this technical solution, the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, which facilitates the determination of the first PDU session from the established sessions, that is, the first PDU session can be reused. In this way, new PDU sessions can be avoided, which is conducive to saving resources.
在一种实现方式中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同;终端设备根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different; the specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: Determine the first PDU session in which the attribute information matches the routing descriptor.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以包括:前述端口的标识信息与所述第一端口的标识信息相同。In an implementation manner, the flow descriptor includes identification information of the port; the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the aforementioned port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,前述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,前述端口的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the foregoing port.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;前述流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以包括:该TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, the flow descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device; the matching of the foregoing flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; Wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在一种实现方式中,该路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,前述TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the aforementioned TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则将第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the second PDU session is regarded as the first PDU Conversation.
在该技术方案中,与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同可以表示:第二PDU会话所传输的业务信息1可以通过第一端口传输至第一TSN转换设备,或者,第二PDU会话所传输的业务信息1可以通过第一端口传输至与第一TSN转换设备相连接的第一TSN终端设备,或者第二PDU会话所传输的业务信息1可以通过第一端口传输至第一TSN转换设备的下一跳TSN设备。因此,业务信息1和第一业务信息通过相同的端口(即第一端口)传输。通过相同端口传输的业务信息可以共享同一个PDU会话,因此,终端设备可以将该第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以通过第二PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第二PDU会话,有利于节省资源。In this technical solution, the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which can indicate that the service information 1 transmitted by the second PDU session can be transmitted to the first TSN conversion device through the first port , Or, the service information 1 transmitted in the second PDU session may be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the service information 1 transmitted in the second PDU session may be transmitted through the first port The port is transmitted to the next hop TSN device of the first TSN conversion device. Therefore, the service information 1 and the first service information are transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the second PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the second PDU session, and by reusing the second PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,该第一PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;并接收来自会话管理网元的第一PDU会话建立响应消息,该第一PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, send the first PDU to the session management network element A session establishment request, the first PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session; and a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received, and the first PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU The session was established successfully.
在该技术方案中,当与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, when the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the session The management network element sends a first PDU session establishment request to request a new first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:终端设备存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则将第三PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the foregoing routing descriptor in the established session The third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the third The PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在该技术方案中,在与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终 端设备的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第三PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第三PDU会话,有利于节省资源。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the third PDU session. ), by reusing the third PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,该第二PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;并接收来自会话管理网元的第二PDU会话建立响应消息,该第二PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: determining that the attribute information matches the foregoing routing descriptor in the established session The third PDU session; to obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, report to the session management The network element sends a second PDU session establishment request, and the second PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and receives information from the session management network element A second PDU session establishment response message, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在该技术方案中,当与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device The second PDU session establishment request may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:终端设备存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:若已建立会话中不存在属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的会话,则向会话管理网元发送第三PDU会话建立请求,该第三PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,第三PDU会话建立请求包括该路由选择描述符;接收来自会话管理网元的第三PDU会话建立响应消息,第三PDU会话建立响应消息包括该路由选择描述符,该第三PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session may be: if there is no attribute information in the established session that is consistent with the foregoing routing descriptor For a matching session, a third PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element. The third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session. The third PDU session establishment request includes the routing descriptor; The third PDU session establishment response message of the management network element, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing description The identifier includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在该技术方案中,当已建立会话中不存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的会话时,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话。此时,可以向会话管理网元发送携带有该路由选择描述符的第三PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。In this technical solution, when there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session. At this time, a third PDU session establishment request carrying the routing descriptor may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则将第四PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the port corresponding to the four PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session.
在该技术方案中,在与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第四PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第四PDU会话,有利于节省资源。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fourth PDU session, and through reuse The fourth PDU session is conducive to saving resources.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相 同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,该第四PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;并接收来自会话管理网元的第四PDU会话建立响应消息,该第四PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, a fourth PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element, and the fourth PDU session The establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; and to receive a fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在该技术方案中,当与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, when the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the session The management network element sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:终端设备存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则将第五PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the fifth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; , The first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在该技术方案中,在与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第五PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第五PDU会话,有利于节省资源。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fifth PDU session. ), by reusing the fifth PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,第五PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;并接收来自会话管理网元的第五PDU会话建立响应消息,该第五PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; a specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: determining the first service information Flow descriptor; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; obtain The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, a fifth PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element , The fifth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and receives the fifth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element. The fifth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在该技术方案中,当与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In this technical solution, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device The fifth PDU session establishment request may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:终端设备存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the method may further include: the terminal device storing the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供另一种会话处理方法,该方法包括:策略控制网元生成URSP;将该URSP发送至终端设备,该URSP中的URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;该流量描述符包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。In the second aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides another session processing method, the method includes: a policy control network element generates a URSP; and sends the URSP to a terminal device. The URSP rule in the URSP includes a traffic descriptor and a traffic description. The routing descriptor corresponding to the symbol; the flow descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
在一种实现方式中,前述流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,该端口的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing flow descriptor includes port identification information; the routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and port identification information.
在一种实现方式中,前述流量描述符包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,该TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device; the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, identification information of the TSN terminal device .
第三方面,本申请实施例提供又一种会话处理方法,该方法包括:会话管理网元接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求,该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;根据该路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话;向终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息,该PDU会话建立响应消息包括路由选择描述符,该PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides yet another session processing method, the method includes: a session management network element receives a PDU session establishment request from a terminal device, the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU The session establishment request includes the routing descriptor; the first PDU session is established according to the routing descriptor; the PDU session establishment response message is sent to the terminal device, and the PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, which is used for the PDU session establishment response message. To indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing descriptor includes identification information of the port or identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在该技术方案中,PDU会话建立响应消息包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息,这样可以便于终端设备确定PDU会话与端口的标识信息之间的对应关系,或者PDU会话与TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In this technical solution, the PDU session establishment response message includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device, which can facilitate the terminal device to determine the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port, or the PDU session and the TSN terminal device Correspondence between the identification information.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第一方面所述的方法中终端设备的部分或全部功能,比如通信装置的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that can implement part or all of the functions of the terminal device in the method described in the first aspect. The functions in the embodiments may also have the functions of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置的结构中可包括收发模块和处理模块,所述处理模块被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。所述收发模块用于支持通信装置与其他设备之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储模块,所述存储模块用于与收发模块和处理模块耦合,其保存通信装置必要的计算机程序和数据。In an implementation manner, the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method. The transceiver module is used to support communication between the communication device and other equipment. The communication device may further include a storage module for coupling with the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores computer programs and data necessary for the communication device.
在一种实现方式中,所述通信装置包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device includes:
收发模块,用于从策略控制网元接收URSP;The transceiver module is used to receive URSP from the policy control network element;
处理模块,用于确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息;根据从策略控制网元接收的URSP,确定URSP规则;并根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于传输第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与所述通信装置130具有拓扑连接关系。The processing module is used to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, and the first PDU session is used In the transmission of the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the communication device 130 .
作为示例,处理模块可以为处理器,收发模块可以为收发器或通信接口,存储模块可以为存储器。As an example, the processing module may be a processor, the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface, and the storage module may be a memory.
在一种实现方式中,所述通信装置包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device includes:
收发器,用于从策略控制网元接收URSP;Transceiver, used to receive URSP from the policy control network element;
处理器,用于确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息;根据从策略控制网元接收的URSP,确定URSP规则;并根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于传输第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与所述通信装置130具有拓扑连接关系。The processor is configured to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, and the first PDU session is used In the transmission of the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the communication device 130 .
第五方面,本申请实施例提供另一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第二方面所 述的方法示例中策略控制网元的部分或全部功能,比如通信装置的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In the fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide another communication device that has some or all of the functions of the policy control network element in the method example described in the second aspect. For example, the function of the communication device may be Part or all of the functions in the embodiments may also have the functions of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置的结构中可包括收发模块和处理模块,该处理模块被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。收发模块用于支持通信装置与其他设备之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储模块,所述存储模块用于与收发模块和处理模块耦合,其保存通信装置必要的计算机程序和数据。In an implementation manner, the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method. The transceiver module is used to support the communication between the communication device and other equipment. The communication device may further include a storage module for coupling with the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores computer programs and data necessary for the communication device.
在一种实现方式中,所述通信装置包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device includes:
处理模块,用于生成URSP;Processing module, used to generate URSP;
收发模块,用于将该URSP发送至终端设备,该URSP中的URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;该流量描述符包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。The transceiver module is used to send the URSP to the terminal device. The URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal device information Identification information.
作为示例,处理模块可以为处理器,收发模块可以为收发器或通信接口,存储模块可以为存储器。As an example, the processing module may be a processor, the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface, and the storage module may be a memory.
在一种实现方式中,所述通信装置包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device includes:
处理器,用于生成URSP;Processor, used to generate URSP;
收发器,用于将该URSP发送至终端设备,该URSP中的URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;该流量描述符包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。The transceiver is used to send the URSP to the terminal device. The URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal device information Identification information.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供又一种通信装置,该通信装置具有实现上述第三方面所述的方法示例中会话管理网元的部分或全部功能,比如通信装置的功能可具备本申请中的部分或全部实施例中的功能,也可以具备单独实施本申请中的任一个实施例的功能。所述功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。In a sixth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide yet another communication device that has some or all of the functions of the session management network element in the method example described in the third aspect. For example, the function of the communication device may be Part or all of the functions in the embodiments may also have the functions of independently implementing any of the embodiments in this application. The function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
在一种实现方式中,该通信装置的结构中可包括收发模块和处理模块,该处理模块被配置为支持通信装置执行上述方法中相应的功能。收发模块用于支持通信装置与其他设备之间的通信。所述通信装置还可以包括存储模块,所述存储模块用于与收发模块和处理模块耦合,其保存通信装置必要的计算机程序和数据。In an implementation manner, the structure of the communication device may include a transceiver module and a processing module, and the processing module is configured to support the communication device to perform corresponding functions in the foregoing method. The transceiver module is used to support the communication between the communication device and other equipment. The communication device may further include a storage module for coupling with the transceiver module and the processing module, which stores computer programs and data necessary for the communication device.
在一种实现方式中,所述通信装置包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device includes:
收发模块,用于接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求,该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;A transceiver module, configured to receive a PDU session establishment request from a terminal device, the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor;
处理模块,用于根据该路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话;A processing module, configured to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor;
收发模块,还用于向终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息,该PDU会话建立响应消息包括路由选择描述符,该PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。The transceiver module is also used to send a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing description The identifier includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
作为示例,处理模块可以为处理器,收发模块可以为收发器或通信接口,存储模块可以为存储器。As an example, the processing module may be a processor, the transceiver module may be a transceiver or a communication interface, and the storage module may be a memory.
在一种实现方式中,所述通信装置包括:In an implementation manner, the communication device includes:
收发器,用于接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求,该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;A transceiver, configured to receive a PDU session establishment request from a terminal device, where the PDU session establishment request is used to request establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor;
处理器,用于根据该路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话;A processor, configured to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor;
收发器,还用于向终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息,该PDU会话建立响应消息包括路由选择描述符,该PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。The transceiver is also used to send a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing description The identifier includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
第七方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,当该处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时,执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In a seventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a processor, and when the processor invokes a computer program in a memory, the method described in the first aspect is executed.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,当该处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时,执行上述第二方面所述的方法。In an eighth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, which includes a processor, and when the processor invokes a computer program in a memory, the method described in the second aspect is executed.
第九方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器,当该处理器调用存储器中的计算机程序时,执行上述第三方面所述的方法。In a ninth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor, and when the processor invokes a computer program in a memory, the method described in the third aspect is executed.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序;所述处理器用于执行该存储器所存储的计算机程序,以使该通信装置执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In a tenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and a memory, and the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to enable the communication device Perform the method described in the first aspect above.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序;所述处理器用于执行该存储器所存储的计算机程序,以使该通信装置执行上述第二方面所述的方法。In an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and a memory, and the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to enable the communication The device executes the method described in the second aspect above.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该通信装置包括处理器和存储器,该存储器用于存储计算机程序;所述处理器用于执行该存储器所存储的计算机程序,以使该通信装置执行上述第三方面所述的方法。In a twelfth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and a memory, and the memory is used to store a computer program; the processor is used to execute the computer program stored in the memory to enable the communication The device executes the method described in the third aspect.
第十三方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置包括处理器和接口电路,该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器,该处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使该装置执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is configured to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor is configured to run the code instructions to enable The device executes the method described in the first aspect above.
第十四方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置包括处理器和接口电路,该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器,该处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使该装置执行上述第二方面所述的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor is used to run the code instructions to enable The device executes the method described in the second aspect above.
第十五方面,本申请实施例提供一种通信装置,该装置包括处理器和接口电路,该接口电路用于接收代码指令并传输至该处理器,该处理器用于运行所述代码指令以使该装置执行上述第三方面所述的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device that includes a processor and an interface circuit, the interface circuit is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor, and the processor is used to run the code instructions to enable The device executes the method described in the third aspect.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种会话处理***,该***包括第四方面所述的通信装置、第五方面所述的通信装置以及第六方面所述的通信装置;或者,该***包括第七方面所述的通信装置、第八方面所述的通信装置以及第九方面所述的通信装置;或者,该***包括第十方面所述的通信装置、第十一方面所述的通信装置以及第十二方面所述的通信装置;或者,该***包括第十三方面所述的通信装置、第十四方面所述的通信装置以及第十五方面所述的通信装置。In a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a session processing system, which includes the communication device described in the fourth aspect, the communication device described in the fifth aspect, and the communication device described in the sixth aspect; or, the system Including the communication device described in the seventh aspect, the communication device described in the eighth aspect, and the communication device described in the ninth aspect; or, the system includes the communication device described in the tenth aspect and the communication device described in the eleventh aspect Device and the communication device according to the twelfth aspect; or, the system includes the communication device according to the thirteenth aspect, the communication device according to the fourteenth aspect, and the communication device according to the fifteenth aspect.
第十七方面,本发明实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述终端设备 所用的计算机程序,所述计算机程序运行时,所述终端设备执行上述第一方面的方法。In a seventeenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program used by the above-mentioned terminal device. When the computer program is running, the terminal device executes the method of the above-mentioned first aspect.
第十八方面,本发明实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述策略控制网元所用的计算机程序,所述计算机程序运行时,所述网络设备执行上述第二方面的方法。In an eighteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program used by the above-mentioned policy control network element. When the computer program is running, the network device executes the method of the above-mentioned second aspect .
第十九方面,本发明实施例提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述会话管理网元所用的计算机程序,所述计算机程序运行时,所述网络设备执行上述第三方面的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present invention provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing a computer program used by the above-mentioned session management network element. When the computer program is running, the network device executes the method of the above-mentioned third aspect .
第二十方面,本申请还提供一种包括计算机程序的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面所述的方法。In the twentieth aspect, this application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect.
第二十一方面,本申请还提供一种包括计算机程序的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面所述的方法。In the twenty-first aspect, the present application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect.
第二十二方面,本申请还提供一种包括计算机程序的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面所述的方法。In the twenty-second aspect, this application also provides a computer program product including a computer program, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the third aspect.
第二十三方面,本申请提供一种芯片***,该芯片***包括至少一个处理器和接口,用于支持终端设备实现第一方面所涉及的功能,例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存终端设备必要的计算机程序和数据。该芯片***,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the twenty-third aspect, the present application provides a chip system that includes at least one processor and an interface, and is used to support the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the first aspect, for example, to determine or process the functions involved in the above method At least one of data and information. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data for the terminal device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第二十四方面,本申请提供一种芯片***,该芯片***包括至少一个处理器和接口,用于支持网络设备实现第二方面所涉及的功能,例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存网络设备必要的计算机程序和数据。该芯片***,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a twenty-fourth aspect, the present application provides a chip system that includes at least one processor and an interface, and is used to support the network device to implement the functions involved in the second aspect, for example, to determine or process the functions involved in the above method At least one of data and information. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store computer programs and data necessary for the network device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
第二十五方面,本申请提供一种芯片***,该芯片***包括至少一个处理器和接口,用于支持终端设备实现第三方面所涉及的功能,例如,确定或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和信息中的至少一种。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片***还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存终端设备必要的计算机程序和数据。该芯片***,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In the twenty-fifth aspect, the present application provides a chip system that includes at least one processor and an interface, and is used to support the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the third aspect, for example, to determine or process the functions involved in the above method At least one of data and information. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary computer programs and data for the terminal device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
附图说明Description of the drawings
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或背景技术中的技术方案,下面将对本申请实施例或背景技术中所需要使用的附图进行说明。In order to more clearly describe the technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application or the background art, the following will describe the drawings that need to be used in the embodiments of the present application or the background art.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种5G网络和TSN网络互通的通信***的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system interoperating between a 5G network and a TSN network according to an embodiment of the application;
图2是本申请实施例提供的一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic flowchart of a session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请实施例提供的另一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;4 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请实施例提供的一种芯片的结构示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic structural diagram of a chip provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了便于理解,首先介绍本申请涉及的术语。To facilitate understanding, first introduce the terms involved in this application.
1、会话管理网元1. Session management network element
会话管理网元可以负责转发路径管理,如向用户面网元下发报文转发策略,指示用户面网元根据报文转发策略进行报文处理和转发。会话管理网元可以为第五代移动通信(the5th-generation,5G)***中的会话管理功能实体(session management function,SMF)。SMF可以负责移动网络中的会话管理,如会话建立、会话修改、会话释放、为用户分配IP地址、选择提供报文转发功能的用户面网元等。需要说明的是,在未来通信***(例如6G或者其他的通信***中),会话管理网元仍可以是SMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请对此不做限定。The session management network element may be responsible for forwarding path management, such as issuing a message forwarding strategy to the user plane network element, and instructing the user plane network element to process and forward the message according to the message forwarding strategy. The session management network element may be a session management function entity (session management function, SMF) in the 5th-generation mobile communication (the5th-generation, 5G) system. SMF can be responsible for session management in the mobile network, such as session establishment, session modification, session release, assigning IP addresses to users, and selecting user plane network elements that provide message forwarding functions. It should be noted that in future communication systems (for example, 6G or other communication systems), the session management network element may still be an SMF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
2、用户面网元2. User plane network element
用户面网元可以是5G架构中的用户面功能实体(user plane function,UPF),UPF可以负责对用户报文进行处理,例如转发、计费等。在未来通信***(例如6G或者其他的通信***中),用户面网元仍可以是UPF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请对此不做限定。The user plane network element may be a user plane function entity (UPF) in the 5G architecture, and the UPF may be responsible for processing user messages, such as forwarding and charging. In future communication systems (for example, 6G or other communication systems), the user plane network element may still be a UPF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
3、移动性管理网元3. Mobility management network element
移动性管理网元负责移动网络中用户设备(user equipment,UE)的接入与移动性管理。移动性管理网元可以是5G中的接入与移动性管理实体(access and mobility management function,AMF)。AMF可以负责用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换、UE接入与移动性管理、SMF选择等。AMF可以作为中间网元,用来传输UE和SMF之间的会话管理消息。在未来通信***(例如6G或者其他的通信***中),移动性管理网元仍可以是AMF网元,或有其它的名称,本申请对此不做限定。The mobility management network element is responsible for the access and mobility management of user equipment (UE) in the mobile network. The mobility management network element may be an access and mobility management function (AMF) in 5G. AMF can be responsible for user location update, user registration network, user handover, UE access and mobility management, SMF selection, etc. AMF can be used as an intermediate network element to transmit session management messages between UE and SMF. In future communication systems (for example, 6G or other communication systems), the mobility management network element may still be an AMF network element or have other names, which is not limited in this application.
4、策略控制网元(policy control function,PCF)4. Policy control function (PCF)
PCF可以负责策略控制决策和基于流计费控制。具体的,PCF可以负责向移动性管理网元(如AMF)、会话管理网元(如SMF)提供策略,如服务质量(quality of service,QoS)策略、切片选择策略等。PCF can be responsible for policy control decision-making and flow-based charging control. Specifically, the PCF may be responsible for providing policies, such as quality of service (QoS) policies, slice selection policies, etc., to mobility management network elements (such as AMF) and session management network elements (such as SMF).
5、用户路由选择策略(user equipment route selection policy,URSP)5. User equipment routing selection policy (URSP)
终端设备通过URSP可以确定不同应用程序(application,APP)所需的PDU会话的属性信息,进而根据属性信息确定所需的PDU会话,并通过该PDU会话传输APP的数据。在本申请实施例中,终端设备可以根据属性信息在已建立的PDU会话中确定所需的PDU会话(即重用已建立的PDU会话),或者,终端设备可以根据属性信息新建所需的PDU 会话。The terminal device can determine the attribute information of the PDU session required by different applications (application, APP) through the URSP, and then determine the required PDU session according to the attribute information, and transmit the data of the APP through the PDU session. In the embodiment of this application, the terminal device can determine the required PDU session in the established PDU session according to the attribute information (that is, reuse the established PDU session), or the terminal device can create the required PDU session according to the attribute information .
URSP可以包括一条或多条URSP规则,终端设备将APP与有效的URSP规则进行匹配,以确定所需的PDU会话的属性信息。不同URSP规则可以具有不同的优先级,优先级可以用于确定终端设备执行对应的URSP规则的顺序。具体的,终端设备可以优先执行优先级较高的URSP规则。The URSP may include one or more URSP rules, and the terminal device matches the APP with valid URSP rules to determine the required attribute information of the PDU session. Different URSP rules may have different priorities, and the priorities may be used to determine the order in which the terminal device executes the corresponding URSP rules. Specifically, the terminal device may preferentially execute the URSP rule with a higher priority.
每条URSP规则可以包括流量描述符(traffic descriptor)和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符(route selection descriptor)。通过流量描述符可以确定该流量描述符对应的URSP规则是否与APP相匹配。若匹配,则终端设备可以根据该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符确定该APP所需的PDU会话的属性信息。若不匹配,则终端设备可以确定其他有效的URSP规则是否与该APP相匹配。需要说明的是,流量描述符可以对应一个或多个路由选择描述符,且不同路由选择描述符可以具有不同的优先级。流量描述符可以包括但不限于以下至少一项:应用标识(application identifiers)、IP描述符(IP descriptors)、域描述符(domain descriptors)和非IP描述符(non-IP descriptors)。URSP规则中的信息可以参见表1。Each URSP rule may include a traffic descriptor (traffic descriptor) and a route selection descriptor (route selection descriptor) corresponding to the traffic descriptor. Through the flow descriptor, it can be determined whether the URSP rule corresponding to the flow descriptor matches the APP. If they match, the terminal device can determine the attribute information of the PDU session required by the APP according to the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor. If it does not match, the terminal device can determine whether other valid URSP rules match the APP. It should be noted that the traffic descriptor can correspond to one or more routing descriptors, and different routing descriptors can have different priorities. The traffic descriptor may include, but is not limited to, at least one of the following: application identifiers, IP descriptors, domain descriptors, and non-IP descriptors. The information in the URSP rules can be found in Table 1.
表1 URSP规则Table 1 URSP rules
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000001
表1中,应用标识用于唯一标识一个应用。IP三元组可以包括目的IP地址或IPv6网络前缀、目的端口号、协议IP以上协议ID。全限定域名(fully qualified domain name,FQDN)同时带有主机名和域名。需要说明的是,IP描述符和非IP描述符不会同时存在。表1中范围为UE上下文的属性存储于终端设备。In Table 1, the application identifier is used to uniquely identify an application. The IP triplet can include the destination IP address or IPv6 network prefix, destination port number, and protocol IDs above the protocol IP. The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) carries both the host name and the domain name. It should be noted that IP descriptors and non-IP descriptors will not exist at the same time. The attributes in the scope of the UE context in Table 1 are stored in the terminal device.
路由选择描述符可以包括至少一个路由选择组件。路由选择组件可以为以下任一项:会话和服务连续性(session and service continuity,SSC)模式选择、网络切片选择和数据网络名称(data network name,DNN)选择。路由选择描述符中的信息可以参见表2。The routing descriptor may include at least one routing component. The routing component can be any of the following: session and service continuity (session and service continuity, SSC) mode selection, network slice selection, and data network name (data network name, DNN) selection. The information in the routing descriptor can be found in Table 2.
表2 路由选择描述符Table 2 Routing Descriptor
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000003
其中,SSC模式能够满足终端设备不同的连续性需求,SSC模式可以包括但不限于SSC模式1、SSC模式2和SSC模式3。其中,采用SSC模式1时,网络保留与终端设备的连接;采用SSC模式2时,网络可以释放相应的PDU会话,在一种实现方式中,网络可以触发PDU会话释放并指示终端设备建立一个新PDU会话;采用SSC模式3时,在旧的PDU会话释放之前,网络允许新的PDU会话建立。Among them, the SSC mode can meet different continuity requirements of terminal devices, and the SSC mode may include, but is not limited to, SSC mode 1, SSC mode 2, and SSC mode 3. Among them, when adopting SSC mode 1, the network retains the connection with the terminal device; when adopting SSC mode 2, the network can release the corresponding PDU session. In one implementation, the network can trigger the PDU session release and instruct the terminal device to establish a new PDU session: In SSC mode 3, the network allows a new PDU session to be established before the old PDU session is released.
单网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)可以用于标识一个网络切片(network slice,NS)。网络切片是指在物理或者虚拟的网络基础设施上,根据不同的服务需求定制的逻辑网络。网络切片可以包括但不限于以下类型:增强移动宽带(enhance mobile broadband,eMBB)、低时延高可靠连接(ultra-reliable and low latency communications,URLLC)、大规模物联网(massive machine type communications,mMTC)。通过选择不同类型的网络切片进行数据传输,可以灵活的应对不同的网络应用场景。Single network slice selection assistance information (single network slice selection assistance information, S-NSSAI) can be used to identify a network slice (network slice, NS). Network slicing refers to a logical network customized according to different service requirements on a physical or virtual network infrastructure. Network slicing can include but is not limited to the following types: enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB), ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), massive machine type communications, mMTC ). By selecting different types of network slices for data transmission, different network application scenarios can be flexibly dealt with.
为了更好的理解本申请实施例公开的一种会话处理方法,下面首先对本申请实施例适用的通信***进行描述。In order to better understand a session processing method disclosed in the embodiment of the present application, the following first describes the communication system to which the embodiment of the present application applies.
请参见图1,图1为本申请实施例提供的一种5G网络和时延敏感网络TSN互通的通信***的架构示意图。图1所示的设备数量和形态仅用于举例并不构成对本申请实施例的限定,例如,该通信***可以包括但不限于一个第一时延敏感网络TSN转换设备、一个第二时延敏感网络TSN转换设备、两个第一时延敏感网络TSN终端设备(即第一时延敏感网络终端设备1和第一时延敏感网络终端设备2)、一个第二时延敏感网络TSN终端设备。实际应用中可以包括两个或两个以上的第一TSN转换设备,两个或两个以上的第二TSN转换设备,两个或两个以上的第二TSN终端设备,三个或三个以上的第一TSN终端设备,两个或两个以上的终端设备等。另外,图1所示第一TSN转换设备包括两个端口仅用于举例并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。在实际应用中,第一TSN转换设备可以包括两个以上的端口,或者可以仅包括一个端口。且图1中终端设备与一个第一TSN转换设备相连接仅用于举例并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。在实际应用中,终端设备可以与两个或两个以上的第一TSN转换设备相连接。Please refer to FIG. 1. FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system for interworking between a 5G network and a delay-sensitive network TSN according to an embodiment of the application. The number and form of the devices shown in FIG. 1 are only used as examples and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. For example, the communication system may include, but is not limited to, a first delay-sensitive network TSN conversion device, and a second delay-sensitive network. A network TSN conversion device, two first delay-sensitive network TSN terminal devices (ie, the first delay-sensitive network terminal device 1 and the first delay-sensitive network terminal device 2), and a second delay-sensitive network TSN terminal device. Practical applications can include two or more first TSN conversion devices, two or more second TSN conversion devices, two or more second TSN terminal devices, three or more than three The first TSN terminal device, two or more terminal devices, etc. In addition, the first TSN conversion device shown in FIG. 1 includes two ports only for example and does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the first TSN conversion device may include more than two ports, or may include only one port. In addition, the connection between the terminal device and a first TSN conversion device in FIG. 1 is only used as an example and does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. In practical applications, the terminal device can be connected with two or more first TSN conversion devices.
图1所示的通信***以包括两个第一TSN终端设备(第一TSN终端设备1(101)、第一TSN终端设备2(102))、一个第一TSN转换设备103、一个终端设备104、一个无线接入设备105,一个用户面网元106、一个第二TSN转换设备107、一个第二TSN终端设备108、一个策略控制网元109、一个移动性管理网元110和一个会话管理网元111,且第一TSN转换设备103通过不同的端口与第一TSN终端设备101和第一TSN终端设备102 相连接为例。The communication system shown in FIG. 1 includes two first TSN terminal devices (first TSN terminal device 1 (101), first TSN terminal device 2 (102)), one first TSN conversion device 103, and one terminal device 104 , A wireless access device 105, a user plane network element 106, a second TSN conversion device 107, a second TSN terminal device 108, a policy control network element 109, a mobility management network element 110, and a session management network The element 111, and the first TSN conversion device 103 is connected to the first TSN terminal device 101 and the first TSN terminal device 102 through different ports as an example.
在图1中,虚线框内所有网元整体上可以作为一个逻辑上的TSN网桥(TSN bridge),TSN网桥(或称为5G***(5G system,5GS)网桥)可以包括用作TSN网络和5G网络互通的TSN转换器。TSN转换器的功能可以包括设备侧的TSN转换器(device-side TSN translator,DS-TT)和网络侧TSN转换器(network-side TSN translator,NW-TT)。5G网络可以通过DS-TT和NW-TT向TSN网络提供TSN入端口和出端口信息功能。In Figure 1, all the network elements in the dashed box can be used as a logical TSN bridge (TSN bridge) as a whole, and the TSN bridge (or called 5G system (5G system, 5GS) bridge) can be used as a TSN TSN converter for interworking between network and 5G network. The function of the TSN converter may include a device-side TSN translator (DS-TT) and a network-side TSN converter (network-side TSN translator, NW-TT) on the device side. The 5G network can provide TSN inbound and outbound port information functions to the TSN network through DS-TT and NW-TT.
TSN网桥可以包括锚点(DS-TT)侧的端口、终端设备104和用户面网元106之间的用户面隧道(即PDU会话)以及DS-TT侧的端口。通过DS-TT侧的端口和NW-TT侧的端口可以使得5G网络与TSN网络互通。5G网络中建立的PDU会话与DS-TT侧的端口、NW-TT侧的端口存在关联关系。逻辑上的TSN网桥可以用户面网元106为粒度,所有通过同一个用户面网元106连接到相同TSN网络的PDU会话可以组成一个虚拟的网桥。The TSN bridge may include a port on the anchor point (DS-TT) side, a user plane tunnel (ie, PDU session) between the terminal device 104 and the user plane network element 106, and a port on the DS-TT side. Through the port on the DS-TT side and the port on the NW-TT side, the 5G network can communicate with the TSN network. The PDU session established in the 5G network is associated with the port on the DS-TT side and the port on the NW-TT side. The logical TSN bridge can be granular with the user plane network element 106, and all PDU sessions connected to the same TSN network through the same user plane network element 106 can form a virtual bridge.
在5G网络和TSN网络互通的***中,对于每个DS-TT端口可以单独建立一个PDU会话,也就是说不同DS-TT端口之间不共享PDU会话。需要说明的是,不同DS-TT端口可以指同一DS-TT上的不同端口,也可以指不同DS-TT上的端口,本申请实施例对此不作限定。图1中的第一TSN转换设备103可以为该DS-TT,图1中的第二TSN转换设备107可以为该NW-TT。In a 5G network and a TSN network interworking system, a PDU session can be established separately for each DS-TT port, that is, no PDU session is shared between different DS-TT ports. It should be noted that different DS-TT ports may refer to different ports on the same DS-TT, or may refer to ports on different DS-TTs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. The first TSN conversion device 103 in FIG. 1 may be the DS-TT, and the second TSN conversion device 107 in FIG. 1 may be the NW-TT.
在图1中,第一TSN终端设备101、第一TSN终端设备102、第二TSN终端设备108可以用于生成和/或接收时延敏感通信(time sensitive communication,TSC)的业务信息,即TSC业务的数据报文。TSC业务的数据报文由TSN网络中的终端设备生成。In FIG. 1, the first TSN terminal device 101, the first TSN terminal device 102, and the second TSN terminal device 108 may be used to generate and/or receive time sensitive communication (time sensitive communication, TSC) service information, namely TSC Business data packets. The data message of the TSC service is generated by the terminal equipment in the TSN network.
第一TSN转换设备103、第二TSN转换设备107可以用于识别TSN网络控制器(centralized network controller,CNC,)(图1未示出)下发的配置信息,并根据TSN网络控制器的指示执行TSN相关的功能。例如,第一TSN转换设备103将来自第一TSN终端设备1的TSC网络的业务信息发送给终端设备104,进而终端设备104通过无线接入网设备105和用户面网元106将该信息传输至第二TSN转换设备107。相应的,第二TSN转换设备107可以将接收到的信息转换为TSN网络可以识别的信息,并将该TSN网络可以识别的信息发送至第二TSN终端设备108。The first TSN conversion device 103 and the second TSN conversion device 107 can be used to identify the configuration information issued by the TSN network controller (centralized network controller, CNC,) (not shown in FIG. 1), and according to the instructions of the TSN network controller Perform TSN related functions. For example, the first TSN conversion device 103 sends service information from the TSC network of the first TSN terminal device 1 to the terminal device 104, and then the terminal device 104 transmits the information to the terminal device 104 through the wireless access network device 105 and the user plane network element 106 The second TSN conversion device 107. Correspondingly, the second TSN conversion device 107 can convert the received information into information that can be recognized by the TSN network, and send the information that can be recognized by the TSN network to the second TSN terminal device 108.
无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备105可以为终端设备104提供无线接入。RAN设备可以包括但不限于:演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNB)、传输点(transmission reception point,TRP)、NR***中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、全球微波接入互操作性基站(world interoperability for microwave accessbase station,WiMAX BS),其他未来移动通信***中的基站或无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)***中的接入点(access point,AP)。The radio access network (RAN) device 105 can provide the terminal device 104 with wireless access. RAN equipment may include, but is not limited to: evolved NodeB (eNB), transmission reception point (TRP), next generation NodeB (gNB) in the NR system, and global interoperability for microwave access Base station (world interoperability for microwave accessbase station, WiMAX BS), base station in other future mobile communication systems or access point (AP) in wireless fidelity (wireless fidelity, WiFi) systems.
策略控制网元109可以用于生成URSP,并将该URSP发送至终端设备104。需要说明的是,图1所示策略控制网元109和终端设备104通过移动性管理网元110和会话管理网元111相连接,即策略控制网元109发送的URSP经会话管理网元111、移动性管理网元110传输至终端设备104仅用于举例,在其他实现方式中,策略控制网元109和终端设备104可以通过其他网元相连接,或直接相连接。The policy control network element 109 may be used to generate a URSP and send the URSP to the terminal device 104. It should be noted that the policy control network element 109 and the terminal device 104 shown in FIG. 1 are connected to the session management network element 111 through the mobility management network element 110, that is, the URSP sent by the policy control network element 109 passes through the session management network elements 111, The transmission of the mobility management network element 110 to the terminal device 104 is only used as an example. In other implementation manners, the policy control network element 109 and the terminal device 104 may be connected through other network elements or directly connected.
终端设备104可以用于确定通过第一TSN转换设备103的第一端口传输第一业务信息; 根据从策略控制网元接收的URSP,确定URSP规则;并根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输该第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息可以通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与终端设备104具有拓扑连接关系。The terminal device 104 may be used to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the first TSN conversion device 103; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule. The first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information can be transmitted through the second port; the second port is connected to the terminal device 104 has a topological connection relationship.
其中,第一业务信息和第二业务信息可以指时延敏感通信(time sensitive communication,TSC)的业务信息,即TSC业务的数据报文。终端设备104确定通过第一TSN转换设备103的第一端口传输第一业务信息可以表示:终端设备104可以确定第一业务信息会通过第一TSN转换设备103的第一端口传输。在一种实现方式中,该第一业务信息可以由与该第一端口相连的第一TSN终端设备生成,并需要通过第一TSN转换设备103和终端设备104发送至第二TSN终端设备108。在另一种实现方式中,该第一业务信息可以由第二TSN终端设备108生成,并需要通过终端设备104和第一TSN转换设备103传输至与该第一端口相连的第一TSN终端设备。该第一端口可以是第一TSN转换设备103中的任一端口。Among them, the first service information and the second service information may refer to time sensitive communication (time sensitive communication, TSC) service information, that is, the data message of the TSC service. The terminal device 104 determining that the first service information is transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device 103 may indicate that the terminal device 104 may determine that the first service information will be transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device 103. In an implementation manner, the first service information may be generated by the first TSN terminal device connected to the first port, and needs to be sent to the second TSN terminal device 108 through the first TSN conversion device 103 and the terminal device 104. In another implementation manner, the first service information may be generated by the second TSN terminal device 108, and needs to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first port through the terminal device 104 and the first TSN conversion device 103 . The first port may be any port in the first TSN conversion device 103.
需要说明的是,第一TSN转换设备103和终端设备104可以是分开部署的独立设备,也合并部署;第二TSN转换设备107和用户面网元106可以是分开部署的独立设备,也可以合并部署,图1所示部署方式并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。It should be noted that the first TSN conversion device 103 and the terminal device 104 can be independent devices that are deployed separately, or they can be deployed together; the second TSN conversion device 107 and the user plane network element 106 can be independent devices that are deployed separately, or they can be combined. Deployment. The deployment mode shown in FIG. 1 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第一TSN转换设备和第一TSN终端设备可以直接连接,也可以通过其他TSN交换机或TSN网桥连接;第二TSN转换设备和第二TSN终端设备可以直接连接,也可以通过其它TSN交换机或TSN网桥连接,图1所示连接方式并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。Optionally, the first TSN conversion device and the first TSN terminal device can be directly connected, or through other TSN switches or TSN bridges; the second TSN conversion device and the second TSN terminal device can be directly connected, or through other TSN switch or TSN bridge connection, the connection mode shown in FIG. 1 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
由于第一业务信息需要通过3GPP网络传输,因此,终端设备104可以根据URSP规则确定用于传输该第一业务信息的第一PDU会话。该第一PDU会话与第一端口存在对应关系。该第一PDU会话与第一端口存在对应关系可以表示:该第一PDU会话所传输的第一业务信息会通过该第一端口传输。在3GPP网络中可以存在多个PDU会话,若第二PDU会话所传输的第二业务信息通过不同于第一端口的端口(如第二端口)传输,那么第一PDU会话可以与该第二PDU会话不同。Since the first service information needs to be transmitted through the 3GPP network, the terminal device 104 can determine the first PDU session for transmitting the first service information according to the URSP rule. There is a correspondence between the first PDU session and the first port. The corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the first port may indicate that the first service information transmitted by the first PDU session will be transmitted through the first port. There may be multiple PDU sessions in the 3GPP network. If the second service information transmitted by the second PDU session is transmitted through a port different from the first port (such as the second port), then the first PDU session may communicate with the second PDU. The session is different.
其中,第一端口和第二端口均与终端设备104具有拓扑连接关系,即第一端口和第二端口与同一终端设备104相连接。第一端口和第二端口均与终端设备104具有拓扑连接关系可以表示:终端设备104会接收到通过第一端口传输的第一业务信息,且会接收到通过第二端口传输的第二业务信息,或者终端设备104会通过第一端口传输发送第一业务信息,且会通过第二端口传输发送第二业务信息。换言之,用于传输第一业务信息的第一PDU会话,以及用于传输第二业务信息的第二PDU会话均由终端设备104所确定。需要说明的是,第一端口和第二端口可以是同一第一TSN转换设备上的不同端口,或者,可以是不同第一TSN转换设备上的端口,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Wherein, both the first port and the second port have a topological connection relationship with the terminal device 104, that is, the first port and the second port are connected to the same terminal device 104. Both the first port and the second port have a topological connection relationship with the terminal device 104, which can mean that the terminal device 104 will receive the first service information transmitted through the first port, and will receive the second service information transmitted through the second port , Or the terminal device 104 will transmit the first service information through the first port, and will transmit the second service information through the second port. In other words, the first PDU session for transmitting the first service information and the second PDU session for transmitting the second service information are both determined by the terminal device 104. It should be noted that the first port and the second port may be different ports on the same first TSN conversion device, or may be ports on different first TSN conversion devices, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
通过实施本申请实施例,可以使得终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同,即可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。因此,通过这种方式,可以选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息。By implementing the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信***。例如:长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)***、第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信***、5G新空 口(new radio,NR)***,或者其他未来的新型移动通信***等,图1以5G***为例,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。It should be noted that the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems. For example: long term evolution (LTE) system, fifth generation (5G) mobile communication system, 5G new radio (NR) system, or other future new mobile communication systems, etc., as shown in Figure 1 The 5G system is taken as an example, and does not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例中的终端设备104可以是用户侧的一种用于接收或发射信号的实体。终端设备也可以称为终端(terminal)、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等。终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、穿戴式设备、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self-driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请的实施例对终端设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。The terminal device 104 in the embodiment of the present application may be an entity on the user side for receiving or transmitting signals. A terminal device may also be called a terminal (terminal), a user equipment (UE), a mobile station (mobile station, MS), a mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), and so on. Terminal devices can be mobile phones (mobile phones), wearable devices, tablet computers (Pad), computers with wireless transceiver functions, virtual reality (VR) terminal devices, augmented reality (AR) terminal devices, industrial Wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, wireless terminals in smart grids, transportation safety (transportation) Wireless terminals in safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and so on. The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the terminal device.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例描述的通信***是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着***架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It is understandable that the communication system described in the embodiments of the present application is to illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and does not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application. A person of ordinary skill in the art will know that With the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
下面结合附图对本申请所提供的会话处理方法及其装置进行详细地介绍。The session processing method and device provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
请参见图2,图2是本申请实施例提供的一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了终端设备如何确定PDU会话,以使得该终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同。其中,步骤S201、步骤S204~步骤S205的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S202~步骤S203的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图2所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic flowchart of a session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session, so that the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports has different corresponding PDU sessions. Among them, the execution subject of step S201, step S204 to step S205 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S202 to step S203 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 2, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S201:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S201: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
其中,该TSN转换设备可以是图1中的第一TSN转换设备。终端设备确定通过第一TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息可以表示:终端设备可以确定第一业务信息会通过第一TSN转换设备的第一端口传输。第一业务信息可以是由TSN网络中的终端设备生成的信息。Wherein, the TSN conversion device may be the first TSN conversion device in FIG. 1. The terminal device determining that the first service information is transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device may indicate that the terminal device may determine that the first service information will be transmitted through the first port of the first TSN conversion device. The first service information may be information generated by terminal devices in the TSN network.
示例性的,在以下任一情况下终端设备可以确定通过第一TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息:第1种情况,终端设备接收到来自第一TSN转换设备的第一业务信息,且该第一业务信息通过第一TSN转换设备的第一端口到达该第一TSN转换设备。第2种情况,终端设备接收管理面设备或控制面设备(如图1中的109或111)发送的业务路由信息,该业务路由信息可以用于指示第一业务信息将通过第一TSN转换设备的第一端口传输,且该第一业务信息由与该第一TSN转换设备相连接的第一TSN终端设备(如图1中的101或102)生成。第3种情况,终端设备接收管理面设备或控制面设备(如图1中的109或111)发送的业务路由信息,该业务路由信息可以用于指示第一业务信息将通过第一TSN转换设备的第一端口传输至与该第一TSN转换设备相连接的第一TSN终端设备(如图1中的101或102)。换言之,该第一业务信息可以由与第二TSN转换设备(如图1中的107) 相连接的第二TSN终端设备(如图1中的108)生成。需要说明的是,在第2种情况和第3种情况下,终端设备可以在还未实际接收到第一业务信息的情况下,确定该第一业务信息会通过第一端口传输。Exemplarily, the terminal device may determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the first TSN conversion device in any of the following situations: In the first case, the terminal device receives the first service information from the first TSN conversion device , And the first service information reaches the first TSN conversion device through the first port of the first TSN conversion device. In the second case, the terminal device receives the service routing information sent by the management plane device or the control plane device (109 or 111 in Fig. 1). The service routing information can be used to indicate that the first service information will pass through the first TSN conversion device And the first service information is generated by the first TSN terminal device (101 or 102 in FIG. 1) connected to the first TSN conversion device. In the third case, the terminal device receives the service routing information sent by the management plane device or the control plane device (109 or 111 in Fig. 1). The service routing information can be used to indicate that the first service information will pass through the first TSN conversion device The first port is transmitted to the first TSN terminal device (101 or 102 in Fig. 1) connected to the first TSN conversion device. In other words, the first service information can be generated by the second TSN terminal device (108 in FIG. 1) connected to the second TSN conversion device (107 in FIG. 1). It should be noted that in the second case and the third case, the terminal device may determine that the first service information will be transmitted through the first port without actually receiving the first service information.
步骤S202:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S202: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
具体的,策略控制网元可以根据图1所示的通信***中可能存在的业务信息的类型,生成对应的URSP规则。各类型对应的URSP规则可以组成URSP。URSP和URSP规则可参考前面的描述,此处不再赘述。Specifically, the policy control network element may generate corresponding URSP rules according to the types of service information that may exist in the communication system shown in FIG. 1. The URSP rules corresponding to each type can form a URSP. For URSP and URSP rules, please refer to the previous description, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S203:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S203: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
策略控制网元生成URSP之后,可以将该URSP发送至终端设备。在本申请实施例中,策略控制网元可以将URSP发送给移动性管理网元(如AMF),然后由该移动性管理网元将URSP发送至终端设备。可选的,若终端设备处于空闲(IDLE)态,该移动性管理网元可以发起服务请求流程,发起服务请求流程之后会寻呼该终端设备。进而在该终端设备处于连接(CONNECTED)态的情况下,向该终端设备发送URSP。可选的,终端设备在接收到URSP之后,可以将接收结果告知移动性管理网元,该移动性管理网元可以将接收结果告知策略控制网元。After the policy control network element generates the URSP, it can send the URSP to the terminal device. In the embodiment of the present application, the policy control network element may send the URSP to the mobility management network element (such as AMF), and then the mobility management network element sends the URSP to the terminal device. Optionally, if the terminal device is in the IDLE state, the mobility management network element may initiate a service request process, and after initiating the service request process, the terminal device will be paged. Furthermore, when the terminal device is in the CONNECTED state, the URSP is sent to the terminal device. Optionally, after receiving the URSP, the terminal device may notify the mobility management network element of the reception result, and the mobility management network element may notify the policy control network element of the reception result.
步骤S204:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则。Step S204: The terminal device determines the URSP rule according to the URSP.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备从策略控制网元接收到URSP之后,可以根据该URSP确定URSP规则。其中,URSP可以包括一条或多条URSP规则,不同URSP规则可以具有不同的规则优先级。可选的,终端设备可以按照规则优先级的高低顺序,从URSP中确定规则优先级较高的URSP。In the embodiment of the present application, after receiving the URSP from the policy control network element, the terminal device may determine the URSP rule according to the URSP. Among them, URSP may include one or more URSP rules, and different URSP rules may have different rule priorities. Optionally, the terminal device may determine a URSP with a higher rule priority from the URSP according to the order of rule priority.
需要说明的是,步骤S201和终端设备接收URSP的执行顺序不分先后。例如,终端设备可以先接收URSP,后执行步骤S201。或者,终端设备可以先执行步骤S201,后接收URSP。或者,终端设备可以在接收URSP的同时,执行步骤S201。It should be noted that the execution order of step S201 and the terminal device receiving the URSP is in no particular order. For example, the terminal device may first receive the URSP, and then perform step S201. Alternatively, the terminal device may perform step S201 first, and then receive the URSP. Alternatively, the terminal device may perform step S201 while receiving the URSP.
步骤S205:终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S205: The terminal device determines a first PDU session according to the URSP rule, and the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second The service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
具体的,终端设备确定URSP规则之后,可以根据该URSP规则确定适用于传输第一业务信息的PDU会话的属性信息(如第一属性信息),进而根据该第一属性信息确定具有该第一属性信息的第一PDU会话。在3GPP网络中可以存在多个PDU会话,若第二PDU会话所传输的第二业务信息通过不同于第一端口的端口(如第二端口)传输,那么第一PDU会话可以与该第二PDU会话不同。通过实施本申请实施例,可以使得终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同,即可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。相较于采用现有的URSP机制,终端设备可能会为通过不同端口传输的业务信息确定相同的PDU会话,这会导致终端设备在处理下行业务时需要根据业务特征进一步将来自同一个PDU会话的业务匹配到相同第一TSN转换设备的不同的端口或匹配到不同的第一TSN转换设备的端口上,这样会增加终端设备实现的复杂度。因此,通过实施本申请实施例可以选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息,还有利于降低终端设备实现的复杂度,以及提高终端设备处理下行业务的效率。Specifically, after the terminal device determines the URSP rule, it can determine the attribute information (such as the first attribute information) of the PDU session applicable to the transmission of the first service information according to the URSP rule, and then determine that it has the first attribute according to the first attribute information. The first PDU session of information. There may be multiple PDU sessions in the 3GPP network. If the second service information transmitted by the second PDU session is transmitted through a port different from the first port (such as the second port), then the first PDU session may communicate with the second PDU. The session is different. By implementing the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Compared with the existing URSP mechanism, the terminal device may determine the same PDU session for the service information transmitted through different ports, which will cause the terminal device to further process the downlink service according to the service characteristics. Services are matched to different ports of the same first TSN conversion device or to ports of different first TSN conversion devices, which will increase the complexity of terminal device implementation. Therefore, by implementing the embodiments of the present application, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information, which is also beneficial to reduce the complexity of terminal equipment implementation and improve the efficiency of the terminal equipment in processing downlink services.
可选的,终端设备确定URSP规则之后,可以确定该URSP规则是否有效。若该URSP规则有效,则可以根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话。若该URSP规则无效,则可以从URSP中选择其他有效的URSP规则以确定用于传输第一业务信息的PDU会话。Optionally, after determining the URSP rule, the terminal device can determine whether the URSP rule is valid. If the URSP rule is valid, the first PDU session can be determined according to the URSP rule. If the URSP rule is invalid, other valid URSP rules can be selected from the URSP to determine the PDU session used to transmit the first service information.
在本申请实施例中,每条URSP规则可以包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。流量描述符可以对应一个或多个路由选择描述符,且不同路由选择描述符可以具有不同的优先级。示例性的,终端设备确定第一属性信息的过程可以如下:终端设备确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若该第一业务信息的流量描述符与URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则可以从该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符中确定一个路由选择描述符(如路由选择描述符1),例如,按照路由选择描述符的优先级的高低顺序从该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符中确定一个路由选择描述符;然后,终端设备可以根据该路由选择描述符1确定第一属性信息。例如,终端设备可以将该路由选择描述符1确定为第一属性信息。In the embodiment of the present application, each URSP rule may include a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor. The traffic descriptor can correspond to one or more routing descriptors, and different routing descriptors can have different priorities. Exemplarily, the process for the terminal device to determine the first attribute information may be as follows: the terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the first service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, it may Determine a routing descriptor (such as routing descriptor 1) from the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor, for example, select the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor in the order of priority of the routing descriptor A routing descriptor is determined in the symbol; then, the terminal device can determine the first attribute information according to the routing descriptor 1. For example, the terminal device may determine the routing descriptor 1 as the first attribute information.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备可以从已建立会话中确定属性信息与该第一属性信息相同的第一PDU会话,并通过该第一PDU会话传输第一业务信息。通过这种方式可以重用该第一PDU会话。可选的,若已建立会话中存在多个属性信息与该第一属性信息相同的PDU会话,则终端设备可以随机或者按照预设规则,从该多个PDU会话中确定第一PDU会话。在另一种实现方式中,终端设备可以新建具有该第一属性信息的第一PDU会话。可选的,终端设备可以在已建立会话中不存在属性信息与该第一属性信息相同的PDU会话的情况下,新建具有该第一属性信息的第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the terminal device may determine a first PDU session whose attribute information is the same as the first attribute information from an established session, and transmit the first service information through the first PDU session. In this way, the first PDU session can be reused. Optionally, if there are multiple PDU sessions with the same attribute information as the first attribute information in the established session, the terminal device may determine the first PDU session from the multiple PDU sessions randomly or according to a preset rule. In another implementation manner, the terminal device may create a first PDU session with the first attribute information. Optionally, the terminal device may create a first PDU session with the first attribute information in the case that there is no PDU session with the same attribute information as the first attribute information in the established session.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则可以包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,终端设备根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话的具体实施方式可以为:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则该终端设备可以根据(该流量描述符对应的)路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话。其中,该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以表示:该流量描述符对应的URSP规则与通过该第一端口传输的第一业务信息相匹配,也就是说,可以通过该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符确定用于传输第一业务信息的第一PDU会话的属性信息。可选的,可以将该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符作为第一PDU会话的属性信息。终端设备根据(该流量描述符对应的)路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,有利于从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,即可以重用第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以避免新建PDU会话,从而有利于节省资源。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule may include a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor. The specific implementation manner for the terminal device to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule may be: if the flow descriptor If it matches the first port, the terminal device can determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor (corresponding to the traffic descriptor) and the attribute information of the established session. Wherein, the match between the flow descriptor and the first port may indicate that the URSP rule corresponding to the flow descriptor matches the first service information transmitted through the first port, that is, the traffic descriptor corresponding to the The routing descriptor determines the attribute information of the first PDU session used to transmit the first service information. Optionally, the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor may be used as the attribute information of the first PDU session. The terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor (corresponding to the traffic descriptor) and the attribute information of the established session, which is beneficial to determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, that is, the first PDU session can be reused. In this way, new PDU sessions can be avoided, which is conducive to saving resources.
在一种实现方式中,若已建立会话中存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的PDU会话,则终端设备确定第一PDU会话的执行过程可参见图3~图7所示任意实施例中的具体描述。若已建立会话中不存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的PDU会话,则终端设备确定第一PDU会话的执行过程可参见图8所示任意实施例中的具体描述。In an implementation manner, if there is a PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device determines the execution process of the first PDU session, refer to any of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 3 to 7 The specific description in. If there is no PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device determines the execution process of the first PDU session can refer to the specific description in any embodiment shown in FIG. 8.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符可以包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。端口的标识信息可以用于唯一标识一个端口,例如,端口的标识信息可以为端口号或者端口的媒体存取控制(media access control,MAC)地址。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中提及的端口均指TSN转换设备上的端口。其中,流量描述符包括的TSN终端设备的标识信息可以用于唯一标识一个第一TSN终端设备,即与第一TSN转换设备相连接的TSN终端 设备。流量描述符包括的TSN终端设备的标识信息可以用于指示TSN业务信息的源MAC地址或目的MAC地址,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备可以是生成TSN业务信息的设备,或者,流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备可以是TSN业务信息所需到达的设备。In an implementation manner, the traffic descriptor may include the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device. The identification information of the port can be used to uniquely identify a port. For example, the identification information of the port can be a port number or a media access control (MAC) address of the port. It should be noted that the ports mentioned in the embodiments of this application all refer to ports on the TSN conversion device. The identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the traffic descriptor can be used to uniquely identify a first TSN terminal device, that is, a TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device. The identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor may be used to indicate the source MAC address or the destination MAC address of the TSN service information, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor may be a device that generates TSN service information, Alternatively, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the traffic descriptor may be a device that the TSN service information needs to reach.
在一种实现方式中,当流量描述符包括端口的标识信息时,若流量描述符包括的端口的标识信息与第一端口的标识信息相同(即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的端口与第一端口相同),则可以确定该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配。In an implementation manner, when the flow descriptor includes the identification information of the port, if the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port (that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port). The first port is the same), it can be determined that the traffic descriptor matches the first port.
在一种实现方式中,当流量描述符包括TSN终端设备的标识信息时,若流量描述符包括的TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同(即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备相同),则可以确定该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配。其中,该第一TSN终端设备可以与该第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。该第一TSN终端设备与该第一端口存在拓扑连接关系可以表示:由该第一TSN终端设备生成的业务信息会通过该第一端口传输,或者,通过该第一端口传输的业务信息会发送至该第一TSN终端设备。In one implementation, when the flow descriptor includes the identification information of the TSN terminal device, if the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device (that is, the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device). The TSN terminal device indicated by the information is the same as the first TSN terminal device), it can be determined that the traffic descriptor matches the first port. Wherein, the first TSN terminal device may have a topological connection relationship with the first port. The topological connection between the first TSN terminal device and the first port may indicate that the service information generated by the first TSN terminal device will be transmitted through the first port, or the service information transmitted through the first port will be transmitted To the first TSN terminal device.
通过实施本申请实施例,可以使得终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同,即可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。因此,通过这种方式,可以选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息。By implementing the embodiments of the present application, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information.
请参见图3,图3是本申请实施例提供的另一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了在URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,且不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同的情况下,终端设备如何确定PDU会话,以使得该终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同。其中,步骤S301、步骤S304~步骤S305的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S302~步骤S303的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图3所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session when the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor, and the routing descriptors corresponding to different flow descriptors are different. The service information transmitted through different ports received by the terminal device corresponds to different PDU sessions. Among them, the execution subject of step S301, step S304 to step S305 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S302 to step S303 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 3, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S301:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S301: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S302:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S302: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S303:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S303: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
需要说明的是,步骤S301~步骤S303的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S203的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the execution process of step S301 to step S303, please refer to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S304:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则;该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同。Step S304: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP; the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor, and routing descriptors corresponding to different flow descriptors are different.
在本申请实施例中,路由选择描述符可以用于确定PDU会话的属性信息。在不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同的情况下,若对于不同业务信息,选择的流量描述符不同,则根据对应的路由选择描述符确定的PDU会话的属性信息不同。因此,可以使得用于传输不同业务信息的PDU会话不同。In the embodiment of the present application, the routing descriptor may be used to determine the attribute information of the PDU session. In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, the attribute information of the PDU session determined according to the corresponding routing descriptors is different. Therefore, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made different.
需要说明的是,步骤S304其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S204的具体描述,此处 不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S304, please refer to the specific description of step S204 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S305:若该流量描述符与前述第一端口相匹配,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S305: If the traffic descriptor matches the aforementioned first port, the terminal device determines the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, and the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned First service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
在本申请实施例中,若已建立会话中存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的一个或多个PDU会话1,则可以随机或者按照预设规则从该一个或多个PDU会话1中确定第一PDU会话。由于用于传输第一业务信息和第二业务信息的端口不同,因此,对于第一业务信息和第二业务信息,所选择的流量描述符不同。相应的,对于第一业务信息和第二业务信息,所选择的路由选择描述符不同,因此,所确定的PDU会话的属性信息也不同。进而,可以使得用于传输第一业务信息的第一PDU会话,与用于传输第二业务信息的第二PDU会话不同。通过这种方式,可以使得终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同,即可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。因此,通过这种方式,可以选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息。需要说明的是,步骤S305其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。In the embodiment of this application, if there are one or more PDU sessions 1 whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the one or more PDU sessions 1 can be selected randomly or according to a preset rule. Determine the first PDU session. Since the ports used to transmit the first service information and the second service information are different, the selected traffic descriptors are different for the first service information and the second service information. Correspondingly, for the first service information and the second service information, the selected routing descriptors are different, and therefore, the determined attribute information of the PDU session is also different. Furthermore, the first PDU session used to transmit the first service information can be made different from the second PDU session used to transmit the second service information. In this way, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal equipment transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S305, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符除了可以包括应用标识、IP描述符、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项以外(流量描述符不同时包括IP描述符和非IP描述符),还可以包括端口的标识信息,即可以在URSP规则(表1)中的流量描述符中添加端口的标识信息。此时,URSP规则中的信息可以参见表3。In one implementation, the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It can also include the port identification information, that is, the port identification information can be added to the flow descriptor in the URSP rule (Table 1). At this time, the information in the URSP rules can be found in Table 3.
表3 URSP规则Table 3 URSP rules
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000004
前述流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以指:流量描述符包括的端口的标识信息与第一端口的标识信息相同,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的端口与第一端口相同。The aforementioned matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean that the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port, that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the first port.
在其它描述符若存在且(如应用标识、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项)相同的情况下,URSP规则可以为不同的(端口的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符。此时,URSP规则为不同的(端口的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符可以指:路由选择描述符中的S-NSSAI和/或DNN不同。If other descriptors exist and (such as at least one of the application identifier, domain descriptor and non-IP descriptor) are the same, the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for different (port) identification information . At this time, the URSP rule that different (port) identification information matches different routing descriptors can mean that the S-NSSAI and/or DNN in the routing descriptors are different.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符除了可以包括应用标识、IP描述符、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项以外(流量描述符不同时包括IP描述符和非IP描述符),还可以包括端口的标识信息,路由选择描述符中的路由选择组件除了可以包括SSC模式选择、网络切片选择和DNN选择中的至少一项以外,还可以包括端口的标识信息,即可以在URSP规则(表1)中的流量描述符中添加端口的标识信息,并在路由选择描述符(表2)中添加端口的标识信息这一路由选择组件。此时,URSP规则中的信息可以参见表3,路由选择描述符中的信息可以参见表4。In one implementation, the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It can also include port identification information. In addition to at least one of SSC mode selection, network slice selection, and DNN selection, the routing component in the routing descriptor can also include port identification information. The identification information of the port is added to the flow descriptor in the rule (Table 1), and the routing component, the identification information of the port, is added to the routing descriptor (Table 2). At this time, the information in the URSP rule can be referred to Table 3, and the information in the routing descriptor can be referred to Table 4.
表4 路由选择描述符Table 4 Routing Descriptor
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000005
在其它描述符若存在且(如应用标识、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项)相同的情况下,URSP规则可以为不同的(端口的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符。此时,URSP规则为不同的(端口的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符可以指:路由选择描述符中的端口的标识信息不同;或者,路由选择描述符中的端口的标识信息和S-NSSAI不同;或者,路由选择描述符中的端口的标识信息和DNN不同;或者,路由选择描述符中的端口的标识信息、S-NSSAI和DNN不同。If other descriptors exist and (such as at least one of the application identifier, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor) are the same, the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for different (port) identification information . At this time, the URSP rule that different (port) identification information matches different routing descriptors can mean: the identification information of the port in the routing descriptor is different; or the identification information of the port in the routing descriptor and S -NSSAI is different; or, the port identification information in the routing descriptor is different from the DNN; or, the port identification information in the routing descriptor, S-NSSAI and DNN are different.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符除了可以包括应用标识、IP描述符、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项以外(流量描述符不同时包括IP描述符和非IP描述符),还可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息,即可以在URSP规则(表1)中的流量描述符中添加TSN终端设备的标识信息。此时,URSP规则中的信息可以参见表5。In one implementation, the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It may also include the identification information of the TSN terminal device, that is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device may be added to the flow descriptor in the URSP rule (Table 1). At this time, the information in the URSP rules can be seen in Table 5.
表5 URSP规则Table 5 URSP rules
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000007
前述流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以指:流量描述符包括的TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备相同。其中,第一TSN终端设备可以与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。The foregoing flow descriptor matching the first port may mean that the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is The first TSN terminal equipment is the same. Wherein, the first TSN terminal device may have a topological connection relationship with the first port.
若不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息指示的TSN终端设备连接到同一个端口,URSP规则可以为该不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息匹配相同的路由选择描述符。若不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息指示的TSN终端设备连接到不同端口(包括连接到不同的TSN转换设备上的端口,或者连接到同一TSN转换设备上的不同端口),即使其它描述符(如应用标识、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项)相同,URSP规则可以为该不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符。此时,URSP规则为不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符可以指:路由选择描述符中的S-NSSAI和/或DNN不同。If the TSN terminal devices indicated by different (TSN terminal devices) identification information are connected to the same port, the URSP rule may match the same routing descriptor for the different (TSN terminal devices) identification information. If the TSN terminal equipment indicated by different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information is connected to different ports (including ports connected to different TSN conversion equipment, or connected to different ports on the same TSN conversion equipment), even if other descriptors (For example, at least one of the application identifier, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor) is the same, and the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for the different (TSN terminal device) identification information. At this time, the URSP rule matching different routing descriptors for different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information may mean that the S-NSSAI and/or DNN in the routing descriptors are different.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符除了可以包括应用标识、IP描述符、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项以外(流量描述符不同时包括IP描述符和非IP描述符),还可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息,路由选择描述符中的路由选择组件除了可以包括SSC模式选择、网络切片选择和DNN选择中的至少一项以外,还可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息,即可以在URSP规则(表1)中的流量描述符中添加TSN终端设备的标识信息,并在路由选择描述符(表2)中添加TSN终端设备的标识信息这一路由选择组件。此时,URSP规则中的信息可以参见表5,路由选择描述符中的信息可以参见表6。In one implementation, the traffic descriptor may include at least one of the application identifier, IP descriptor, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor (the traffic descriptor does not simultaneously include the IP descriptor and the non-IP descriptor) , It may also include the identification information of the TSN terminal device, and the routing component in the routing descriptor may include at least one of SSC mode selection, network slice selection and DNN selection, and may also include the identification information of the TSN terminal device, That is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device can be added to the flow descriptor in the URSP rule (Table 1), and the routing component of the identification information of the TSN terminal device can be added to the routing descriptor (Table 2). At this time, the information in the URSP rule can be referred to Table 5, and the information in the routing descriptor can be referred to Table 6.
表6 路由选择描述符Table 6 Routing Descriptor
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2020075774-appb-000009
若不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息指示的TSN终端设备连接到同一个端口,URSP规则可以为该不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息匹配相同的路由选择描述符。若不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息指示的TSN终端设备连接到不同端口(包括连接到不同的TSN转换设备上的端口,或者连接到同一TSN转换设备上的不同端口),即使其它描述符(如应用标识、域描述符和非IP描述符中的至少一项)相同,URSP规则可以为该不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符。此时,URSP规则为不同的(TSN终端设备的)标识信息匹配不同的路由选择描述符可以指:路由选择描述符中的TSN终端设备的标识信息不同;或者,路由选择描述符中的TSN终端设备的标识信息和S-NSSAI不同;或者,路由选择描述符中的TSN终端设备的标识信息和DNN不同;或者,路由选择描述符中的TSN终端设备的标识信息、S-NSSAI和DNN不同。If the TSN terminal devices indicated by different (TSN terminal devices) identification information are connected to the same port, the URSP rule may match the same routing descriptor for the different (TSN terminal devices) identification information. If the TSN terminal equipment indicated by different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information is connected to different ports (including ports connected to different TSN conversion equipment, or connected to different ports on the same TSN conversion equipment), even if other descriptors (For example, at least one of the application identifier, domain descriptor, and non-IP descriptor) is the same, and the URSP rule can match different routing descriptors for the different (TSN terminal device) identification information. At this time, the URSP rule is that different (TSN terminal equipment) identification information matches different routing descriptors, which can mean: the identification information of the TSN terminal equipment in the routing descriptor is different; or, the TSN terminal in the routing descriptor The identification information of the device is different from the S-NSSAI; or, the identification information of the TSN terminal device in the routing descriptor is different from the DNN; or, the identification information of the TSN terminal device in the routing descriptor, S-NSSAI and DNN are different.
在本申请实施例中,由于用于传输第一业务信息和第二业务信息的端口不同,因此,对于第一业务信息和第二业务信息,所选择的流量描述符不同。相应的,对于第一业务信息和第二业务信息,所选择的路由选择描述符不同,因此,所确定的PDU会话的属性信息也不同。进而,可以使得用于传输第一业务信息的第一PDU会话,与用于传输第二业务信息的第二PDU会话不同。通过这种方式,可以使得终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同,即可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。因此,通过这种方式,可以选择合适的PDU会话用于传输业务信息。In the embodiment of the present application, since the ports used to transmit the first service information and the second service information are different, the selected traffic descriptors are different for the first service information and the second service information. Correspondingly, for the first service information and the second service information, the selected routing descriptors are different, and therefore, the determined attribute information of the PDU session is also different. Furthermore, the first PDU session used to transmit the first service information can be made different from the second PDU session used to transmit the second service information. In this way, it is possible to make the service information received by the terminal equipment transmitted through different ports have different corresponding PDU sessions, that is, it is possible to prevent the PDU sessions from being shared between different ports. Therefore, in this way, a suitable PDU session can be selected for the transmission of service information.
请参见图4,图4是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了终端设备如何根据已建立会话(如第二PDU会话)与端口的标识信息之间的对应关系确定PDU会话,以使得该终端设备接收到的通过不同端口传输的业务信息,对应的PDU会话不同。其中,步骤S401、步骤S404~步骤S407的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S402~步骤S403的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图4所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 4, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session according to the corresponding relationship between the established session (such as the second PDU session) and the identification information of the port, so that the service information received by the terminal device transmitted through different ports corresponds to The PDU session is different. Among them, the execution subject of step S401, step S404 to step S407 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S402 to step S403 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 4, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S401:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S401: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S402:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S402: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S403:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S403: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S404:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S404: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
需要说明的是,步骤S401~步骤S404的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S204的具体描述,流量描述符和路由选择描述符可参考前面的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the execution process of step S401 to step S404, please refer to the detailed description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG.
步骤S405:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话。Step S405: If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines a second PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
其中,流量描述符可以包括端口的标识信息。流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以指:流量描述符包括的端口的标识信息与第一端口的标识信息相同,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的端口与第一端口相同。Wherein, the traffic descriptor may include port identification information. The matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean that the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port, that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the first port.
若已建立会话中存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的一个或多个PDU会话1,则可以随机或者按照预设规则从该一个或多个PDU会话1中确定第二PDU会话。关于流量描述符与第一端口相匹配的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。If there are one or more PDU sessions 1 whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the second PDU session may be determined from the one or more PDU sessions 1 randomly or according to a preset rule. For the execution process of matching the flow descriptor with the first port, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符可以不同,也可以相同。在不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同的情况下,若对于不同业务信息,选择的流量描述符不同,则根据对应的路由选择描述符确定的PDU会话的属性信息不同。此时,可以使得用于传输不同业务信息的PDU会话不同。若不同业务信息通过不同的端口传输,则可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。In the embodiment of the present application, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors may be different or the same. In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, the attribute information of the PDU session determined according to the corresponding routing descriptors is different. At this time, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made different. If different service information is transmitted through different ports, the PDU session may not be shared between different ports.
在不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符相同的情况下,若对于不同业务信息,选择的流量描述符不同,但是所选择的不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符相同,则确定的PDU会话的属性信息相同。此时,可以使得用于传输不同业务信息的PDU会话相同。在不同业务信息通过不同的端口传输时,无法满足不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are the same, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, but the routing descriptors corresponding to the different selected traffic descriptors are the same, the PDU session is determined The attribute information is the same. At this time, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made the same. When different service information is transmitted through different ports, it cannot be satisfied that the PDU session is not shared between different ports.
例如,若业务信息1通过端口1传输,业务信息2通过端口2传输,流量描述符1包括的标识信息所指示的端口与端口1相同(即流量描述符1与端口1相匹配),流量描述符2包括的标识信息所指示的端口与端口2相同(即流量描述符2与端口2相匹配),且流量描述符1和流量描述符2对应的路由选择描述符(如路由选择描述符1)相同,则会使得根据路由选择描述符1确定的会话属性相同,进一步的,可能会使得根据该会话属性在已建立会话中确定的用于传输业务信息1的PDU会话,与用于传输业务信息2的PDU会话相同。For example, if service information 1 is transmitted through port 1, and service information 2 is transmitted through port 2, the port indicated by the identification information included in flow descriptor 1 is the same as port 1 (that is, flow descriptor 1 matches port 1), flow description The port indicated by the identification information included in the symbol 2 is the same as that of the port 2 (that is, the flow descriptor 2 matches the port 2), and the routing descriptors corresponding to the flow descriptor 1 and the flow descriptor 2 (such as routing descriptor 1 ) Is the same, the session attributes determined according to routing descriptor 1 will be the same. Further, the PDU session determined in the established session based on the session attributes may be the same as the PDU session used for transmitting service information. The PDU session of information 2 is the same.
步骤S406:终端设备获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息。Step S406: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备每建立一个用于传输业务信息的PDU会话(包括第二PDU会话)之后,可以存储该PDU会话与传输该业务信息的端口的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In the embodiment of the present application, after each terminal device establishes a PDU session (including the second PDU session) for transmitting service information, the corresponding relationship between the PDU session and the identification information of the port for transmitting the service information may be stored. So that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
PDU会话与端口的标识信息之间具有对应关系可以表示:该PDU会话可以用于传输经该端口传输的业务信息。例如,若第二PDU会话与端口1的标识信息具有对应关系,则可以表示该第二PDU会话可以用于传输经端口1传输的业务信息,而不能用于传输经端口1以外的其他端口传输的业务信息。The correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port may indicate that the PDU session may be used to transmit service information transmitted through the port. For example, if the second PDU session has a corresponding relationship with the identification information of port 1, it may indicate that the second PDU session can be used to transmit service information transmitted through port 1, but cannot be used to transmit information transmitted through ports other than port 1. Business information.
步骤S407:若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则终端设备将该第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S407: If the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the terminal device uses the second PDU session as the first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first PDU session. Service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同可以表示:第二PDU会话可以用于传输经第一端口传输的业务信息(即第一业务信息)。因此,终端设备可以将该第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同可以包括如下情况:第二PDU会话所传输的业务信息1通过第一端口传输至第一TSN转换设备,或者,第二PDU会话所传输的业务信息1通过第一端口传输至与第一TSN转换设备相连接的第一TSN终端设备,或者第二PDU会话所传输的业务信息1通过第一端口传输至第一TSN转换设备的下一跳TSN设备。上述情况表示业务信 息1和第一业务信息通过相同的端口(即第一端口)传输。通过相同端口传输的业务信息可以共享同一个PDU会话,因此,终端设备可以将该第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以通过第二PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第二PDU会话,有利于节省资源。The identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which may indicate that the second PDU session may be used to transmit service information (that is, first service information) transmitted via the first port. Therefore, the terminal device can use the second PDU session as the first PDU session. The identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which may include the following situations: the service information 1 transmitted by the second PDU session is transmitted to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the second The service information 1 transmitted in the PDU session is transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the service information 1 transmitted in the second PDU session is transmitted to the first TSN conversion through the first port The next hop TSN device of the device. The above situation means that the service information 1 and the first service information are transmitted through the same port (i.e., the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the second PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the second PDU session, and by reusing the second PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources.
在一种实现方式中,与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同可以表示:第一端口与用于传输(第二PDU会话所传输的)业务信息1的端口不同。因此,第二PDU会话不能用于传输(经第一端口传输的)第一业务信息,在此情况下,终端设备可以向会话管理网元发送PDU会话建立请求,该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立用于传输第一业务信息的第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以避免不同端口共享相同PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, which may indicate that the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 1 (transmitted by the second PDU session). different. Therefore, the second PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information (transmitted via the first port). In this case, the terminal device can send a PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the PDU session establishment request is used to request Establish a first PDU session for transmitting the first service information. In this way, different ports can be prevented from sharing the same PDU session.
需要说明的是,步骤S407其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S407 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
通过实施本申请实施例,在与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第二PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第二PDU会话,有利于节省资源。By implementing the embodiments of the present application, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the second PDU session, and through Reusing the second PDU session is conducive to saving resources.
请参见图5,图5是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了当与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备如何确定第一PDU会话。其中,步骤S501、步骤S504~步骤S508的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S502~步骤S503的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图5所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the first PDU when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session Conversation. Among them, the execution subject of step S501, step S504 to step S508 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S502 to step S503 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 5, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S501:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S501: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S502:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S502: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S503:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S503: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S504:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S504: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP. The URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
步骤S505:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话。Step S505: If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines the second PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
步骤S506:终端设备获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息。Step S506: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session.
需要说明的是,步骤S501~步骤S504的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S204的具体描述,步骤S505~步骤S506的执行过程可分别参见图4中步骤S405~步骤S406的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the execution process of step S501 to step S504, please refer to the specific description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG. 2 respectively. For the execution process of step S505 to step S506, please refer to the specific description of step S405 to step S406 in FIG. 4 respectively. , I won’t repeat it here.
步骤S507:若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则终端设备向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,该第一PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端 口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S507: If the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the terminal device sends a first PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the first PDU session establishment request is used to request Establish a first PDU session, the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; The second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同可以表示:第一端口与用于传输(第二PDU会话所传输的)业务信息1的端口不同。因此,第二PDU会话不能用于传输(经第一端口传输的)第一业务信息,在此情况下,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立第一PDU会话。需要说明的是,步骤S507其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。The difference between the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session and the identification information of the first port may indicate that the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 1 (transmitted by the second PDU session). Therefore, the second PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information (transmitted via the first port). In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session. The network element sends a first PDU session establishment request to request the establishment of the first PDU session. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S507, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S508:终端设备接收来自该会话管理网元的第一PDU会话建立响应消息,该第一PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示该第一PDU会话建立成功。Step S508: The terminal device receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the first PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
具体的,会话管理网元接收到第一PDU会话建立请求之后,可以建立第一PDU会话。并向终端设备发送第一PDU会话建立响应消息。Specifically, after receiving the first PDU session establishment request, the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send the first PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备确定第一PDU会话建立成功之后,可以存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In an implementation manner, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port may be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
在本申请实施例中,当与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In the embodiment of the present application, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, when the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the The session management network element sends a first PDU session establishment request to request a new first PDU session.
请参见图6,图6是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了终端设备如何根据已建立会话(如第三PDU会话)与TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系确定PDU会话。其中,步骤S601、步骤S604~步骤S607的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S602~步骤S603的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图6所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 6, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the PDU session according to the correspondence between the established session (such as the third PDU session) and the identification information of the TSN terminal device. Among them, the execution subject of step S601, step S604 to step S607 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S602 to step S603 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 6, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S601:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S601: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S602:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S602: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S603:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S603: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S604:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S604: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
需要说明的是,步骤S601~步骤S604的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S204的具体描述,流量描述符和路由选择描述符可参考前面的描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that, for the execution process of step S601 to step S604, please refer to the detailed description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG.
步骤S605:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话。Step S605: If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines a third PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
其中,流量描述符可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息。流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以指:流量描述符包括的TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备相同。Wherein, the traffic descriptor may include the identification information of the TSN terminal device. The matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean: the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor and the first port A TSN terminal equipment is the same.
若已建立会话中存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的一个或多个PDU会话1,则可以随机或者按照预设规则从该一个或多个PDU会话1中确定第三PDU会话。关于流 量描述符与第一端口相匹配的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。If there are one or more PDU sessions 1 whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the third PDU session may be determined from the one or more PDU sessions 1 randomly or according to a preset rule. For the execution process of matching the traffic descriptor with the first port, please refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请实施例中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符可以不同,也可以相同。在不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同的情况下,若对于不同业务信息,选择的流量描述符不同,则根据对应的路由选择描述符确定的PDU会话的属性信息不同。此时,可以使得用于传输不同业务信息的PDU会话不同。若不同业务信息通过不同的端口传输,则可以使得不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。In the embodiment of the present application, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors may be different or the same. In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, the attribute information of the PDU session determined according to the corresponding routing descriptors is different. At this time, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made different. If different service information is transmitted through different ports, the PDU session may not be shared between different ports.
在不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符相同的情况下,若对于不同业务信息,选择的流量描述符不同,但是所选择的不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符相同,则确定的PDU会话的属性信息相同。此时,可以使得用于传输不同业务信息的PDU会话相同。在不同业务信息通过不同的端口传输时,无法满足不同端口之间不共享PDU会话。In the case that the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are the same, if the selected traffic descriptors are different for different service information, but the routing descriptors corresponding to the different selected traffic descriptors are the same, the PDU session is determined The attribute information is the same. At this time, the PDU sessions used to transmit different service information can be made the same. When different service information is transmitted through different ports, it cannot be satisfied that the PDU session is not shared between different ports.
例如,若业务信息1由TSN终端设备1生成,业务信息2由TSN终端设备2生成,流量描述符1包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备与端口1存在拓扑连接关系(即流量描述符1与端口1相匹配),流量描述符2包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备与端口2存在拓扑连接关系(即流量描述符2与端口2相匹配),且流量描述符1和流量描述符2对应的路由选择描述符(如路由选择描述符1)相同,则会使得根据路由选择描述符1确定的会话属性相同,进一步的,可能会使得根据该会话属性在已建立会话中确定的用于传输业务信息1的PDU会话,与用于传输业务信息2的PDU会话相同。For example, if service information 1 is generated by TSN terminal device 1, and service information 2 is generated by TSN terminal device 2, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in traffic descriptor 1 has a topological connection with port 1 (that is, traffic descriptor 1 Match with port 1), the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor 2 has a topological connection with port 2 (that is, the flow descriptor 2 matches the port 2), and the flow descriptor 1 and the flow descriptor 2 If the corresponding routing descriptors (such as routing descriptor 1) are the same, the session attributes determined according to routing descriptor 1 will be the same. Further, it may cause the usage determined in the established session according to the session attributes. The PDU session used to transmit service information 1 is the same as the PDU session used to transmit service information 2.
步骤S606:终端设备获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息。Step S606: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session.
第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息可以用于指示:第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息(如业务信息2)对应的源地址或目的地址信息,即第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备可以为生成业务信息2的TSN终端设备,或者,可以为业务信息2到达的目的TSN终端设备。PDU会话与TSN终端设备的标识信息之间具有对应关系可以表示:该PDU会话可以用于传输由该TSN终端设备生成的业务信息,或者,该PDU会话可以用于传输目的设备为该TSN终端设备的业务信息。在本申请实施例中,终端设备每建立一个用于传输业务信息的PDU会话(包括第三PDU会话)之后,可以存储该PDU会话与该PDU会话所传输的业务信息2对应的源地址或目的地址信息(即TSN终端设备的标识信息)之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session can be used to indicate: the source address or destination address information corresponding to the service information (such as service information 2) transmitted by the third PDU session, that is, the TSN terminal corresponding to the third PDU session The device may be the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 2, or it may be the destination TSN terminal device that the service information 2 reaches. The corresponding relationship between the PDU session and the identification information of the TSN terminal device can indicate that the PDU session can be used to transmit service information generated by the TSN terminal device, or the PDU session can be used to transmit the destination device to the TSN terminal device. Business information. In the embodiment of the present application, after each terminal device establishes a PDU session (including the third PDU session) for transmitting service information, it may store the source address or destination corresponding to the PDU session and the service information 2 transmitted by the PDU session. The corresponding relationship between the address information (that is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device), so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
步骤S607:若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则终端设备将该第三PDU会话作为第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系;其中,该第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。Step S607: If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device uses the third PDU session as the first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used for The foregoing first service information is transmitted; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through a second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device; wherein , The first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同可以表示:第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息2和第一业务信息均通过第一TSN终端设备生成,或者,第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息2和第一业务信息均需要传输至第一TSN终端设备。因此,业务信息2和第一业务信息会通过相同的端口(即第一端口)传输。通过相同端口传输的业务信息可以共享同一个PDU会话,因此,终端设备可以将该第三PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以通过第三PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第 一业务信息),通过重用第三PDU会话,有利于节省资源。The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, which can mean that the service information 2 and the first service information transmitted in the third PDU session are both generated by the first TSN terminal device. Or, both the service information 2 and the first service information transmitted in the third PDU session need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device. Therefore, the service information 2 and the first service information will be transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the third PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the third PDU session, and by reusing the third PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources.
在一种实现方式中,与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同可以表示:第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息2不通过第一TSN终端设备生成,或者,第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息2不需要传输至第一TSN终端设备。若生成业务信息2的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备连接至不同端口,则第一端口与用于传输业务信息2的端口不同。因此第三PDU会话不能用于传输第一业务信息。在此情况下,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, which may indicate that the service information 2 transmitted by the third PDU session does not pass through the first TSN terminal device. Generate, or, the service information 2 transmitted in the third PDU session does not need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device. If the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 2 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to different ports, the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 2. Therefore, the third PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information. In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device can request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a PDU session establishment request to the session management network element.
需要说明的是,步骤S607其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S607 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
通过实施本申请实施例,在与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第三PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第三PDU会话,有利于节省资源。By implementing the embodiments of this application, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the third PDU session. Information), by reusing the third PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
请参见图7,图7是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了当与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备如何确定第一PDU会话。其中,步骤S701、步骤S704~步骤S708的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S702~步骤S703的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图7所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session. Determine the first PDU session. Among them, the execution subject of step S701, step S704 to step S708 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S702 to step S703 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take terminal equipment and policy control network elements as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 7, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S701:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S701: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S702:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S702: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S703:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S703: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S704:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S704: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP. The URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
步骤S705:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话。Step S705: If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines a third PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
步骤S706:终端设备获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息。Step S706: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session.
需要说明的是,步骤S701~步骤S704的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S204的具体描述,步骤S705~步骤S706的执行过程可分别参见图6中步骤S605~步骤S606的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step S701 to step S704 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S204 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S705 to step S706 can be referred to the specific description of step S605 to step S606 in FIG. 6 respectively. , I won’t repeat it here.
步骤S707:若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则终端设备向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,该第二PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系;其中,该第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。Step S707: If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device sends a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the second PDU session is established The request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, which is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information passes through the second Port transmission; the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同可以表示:第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息2不通过第一TSN终端设备生成,或者,第三PDU会话所传输的业务信息2不需要传输至第一TSN终端设备。The difference between the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device may indicate that the service information 2 transmitted in the third PDU session is not generated by the first TSN terminal device, or the third PDU The service information 2 transmitted by the session does not need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device.
若生成业务信息2的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备连接至不同端口,则第一端口与用于传输业务信息2的端口不同。因此第三PDU会话不能用于传输第一业务信息。在此情况下,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立第一PDU会话。需要说明的是,步骤S707其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。If the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 2 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to different ports, the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 2. Therefore, the third PDU session cannot be used to transmit the first service information. In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device can request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element. It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S707 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
在一种实现方式中,若生成业务信息2的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备连接至同一端口,则第一端口与用于传输业务信息2的端口可以相同。在此情况下,终端设备可以将第三PDU会话确定为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, if the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 2 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to the same port, the first port and the port used to transmit the service information 2 may be the same. In this case, the terminal device may determine the third PDU session as the first PDU session.
步骤S708:终端设备接收来自该会话管理网元的第二PDU会话建立响应消息,该第二PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示该第一PDU会话建立成功。Step S708: The terminal device receives a second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
具体的,会话管理网元接收到第二PDU会话建立请求之后,可以建立第一PDU会话。并向终端设备发送第二PDU会话建立响应消息。Specifically, after receiving the second PDU session establishment request, the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send a second PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备确定第一PDU会话建立成功之后,可以存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In an implementation manner, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device can be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship .
在本申请实施例中,当与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In this embodiment of the application, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal The device may send a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element to request a new first PDU session.
请参见图8,图8是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了当已建立会话中不存在属性信息与路由选择描述符相匹配的会话时,终端设备如何新建第一PDU会话。其中,步骤S801、步骤S804~步骤S806的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S802~步骤S803的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图8所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 8, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device creates a first PDU session when there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session. Among them, the execution subject of step S801, step S804 to step S806 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S802 to step S803 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 8, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S801:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S801: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S802:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S802: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S803:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S803: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S804:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S804: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
需要说明的是,步骤S801~步骤S803的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S203的具体描述,步骤S804的执行过程可参见图3中步骤S304的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step S801 to step S803 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S804 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S805:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,且已建立会话中不存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的会话,则终端设备向会话管理网元发送第三PDU会话建立请求,该第三PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该第三PDU会话建立请求包括该 路由选择描述符;该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S805: If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, and there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device sends a third PDU session establishment request to the session management network element , The third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, the third PDU session establishment request includes the routing descriptor; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session Different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
其中,流量描述符可以包括端口的标识信息。流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以指:流量描述符包括的端口的标识信息与第一端口的标识信息相同,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的端口与第一端口相同。可选的,流量描述符可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息。流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以指:流量描述符包括的TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,即流量描述符包括的标识信息所指示的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备相同。第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。Wherein, the traffic descriptor may include port identification information. The matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean that the identification information of the port included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first port, that is, the port indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor is the same as the first port. Optionally, the traffic descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device. The matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may mean: the identification information of the TSN terminal device included in the flow descriptor is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the TSN terminal device indicated by the identification information included in the flow descriptor and the first port A TSN terminal equipment is the same. There is a topological connection relationship between the first TSN terminal device and the first port.
已建立会话中不存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的会话时,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话。此时,可以向会话管理网元发送携带有该路由选择描述符的第三PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。通过这种方式,可以便于终端设备确定PDU会话与端口的标识信息之间的对应关系,或者PDU会话与TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。具体的,该路由选择描述符还可以包括S-NSSAI和/或DNN。When there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session. At this time, a third PDU session establishment request carrying the routing descriptor may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor. Wherein, the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device. In this way, it is convenient for the terminal device to determine the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port, or the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the TSN terminal device. Specifically, the routing descriptor may also include S-NSSAI and/or DNN.
步骤S806:终端设备接收来自该会话管理网元的第三PDU会话建立响应消息,该第三PDU会话建立响应消息包括该路由选择描述符,该第三PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示该第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。Step S806: The terminal device receives a third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first The PDU session is successfully established; where the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
具体的,会话管理网元接收到第三PDU会话建立请求之后,可以根据该第三PDU会话建立请求中携带的路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话。具体的,该路由选择描述符除了可以包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息以外,还可以包括S-NSSAI和/或DNN。新建的第一PDU会话的属性信息可以与该路由选择描述符相同,可选的,新建的第一PDU会话的属性信息除了包括该路由选择描述符以外,还可以包括其他会话属性信息。例如,当路由选择描述符包括DNN1和端口1时,新建的第一PDU会话的属性信息除了包括DNN1和端口1以外,还可以包括SSC模式1。可选的,会话管理网元发送的第三PDU会话建立响应消息可以包括该路由选择描述符或者新建的第一PDU会话的属性信息。Specifically, after receiving the third PDU session establishment request, the session management network element may establish the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor carried in the third PDU session establishment request. Specifically, the routing descriptor may include not only port identification information or TSN terminal device identification information, but also S-NSSAI and/or DNN. The attribute information of the newly created first PDU session may be the same as the routing descriptor. Optionally, the attribute information of the newly created first PDU session may include other session attribute information in addition to the routing descriptor. For example, when the routing descriptor includes DNN1 and port 1, the attribute information of the newly created first PDU session may include SSC mode 1 in addition to DNN1 and port 1. Optionally, the third PDU session establishment response message sent by the session management network element may include the routing descriptor or attribute information of the newly created first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,当路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息时,终端设备确定第一PDU会话建立成功之后,可以存储第一PDU会话与该端口(即第一端口)的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。当路由选择描述符包括TSN终端设备的标识信息时,终端设备确定第一PDU会话建立成功之后,可以存储第一PDU会话与该TSN终端设备(该TSN终端设备与第一端口具有拓扑连接关系)的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In an implementation manner, when the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, it can store the identification information between the first PDU session and the port (ie, the first port) The corresponding relationship, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship. When the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the TSN terminal device, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, it can store the first PDU session and the TSN terminal device (the TSN terminal device has a topological connection with the first port) The corresponding relationship between the identification information, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
在本申请实施例中,当已建立会话中不存在属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的会话时,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话。此时,可以向会话管理网元发送携带有该路由选择描述符的第三PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。In the embodiment of the present application, when there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session. At this time, a third PDU session establishment request carrying the routing descriptor may be sent to the session management network element to request the establishment of the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor.
请参见图9,图9是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。该方法详细描述了终端设备如何根据PDU会话与端口的标识信息之间的对应关系确定第一PDU会话。其中,步骤S901、步骤S904~步骤S908的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S902~步骤S903的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图9所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. This method describes in detail how the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the port. Among them, the execution subject of step S901, step S904 to step S908 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S902 to step S903 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 9, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S901:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S901: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S902:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S902: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S903:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S903: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S904:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S904: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
需要说明的是,步骤S901~步骤S903的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S203的具体描述,步骤S904的执行过程可参见图3中步骤S304的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step S901 to step S903 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S904 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S905:终端设备确定前述第一业务信息的流量描述符。Step S905: The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the aforementioned first service information.
具体的,终端设备可以根据第一业务信息的特征确定其流量描述符。可选的,第一业务信息可以触发终端设备中的应用程序,终端设备可以将该应用程序的流量描述符作为第一业务信息的流量描述符。终端设备可以在从应用服务器中获取该应用程序的安装信息时,获取该应用程序的流量描述符。Specifically, the terminal device may determine its traffic descriptor according to the characteristics of the first service information. Optionally, the first service information may trigger an application in the terminal device, and the terminal device may use the flow descriptor of the application as the flow descriptor of the first service information. The terminal device may obtain the flow descriptor of the application when obtaining the installation information of the application from the application server.
步骤S906:若该第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话。Step S906: If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同可以表示:该URSP规则与第一业务信息相匹配,此时,终端设备通过该URSP规则中的路由选择描述符可以确定适用于传输第一业务信息的第一PDU会话。具体的,终端设备可以在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话,进而根据该第四PDU会话确定第一PDU会话。The flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, which can indicate that the URSP rule matches the first service information. At this time, the terminal device can determine the application through the routing descriptor in the URSP rule. The first PDU session for transmitting the first service information. Specifically, the terminal device may determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, and then determine the first PDU session according to the fourth PDU session.
步骤S907:终端设备获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息。Step S907: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session.
在本申请实施例中,终端设备每建立一个用于传输业务信息的PDU会话(包括第四PDU会话)之后,可以存储该PDU会话与传输该业务信息的端口的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In the embodiment of the present application, after each terminal device establishes a PDU session (including the fourth PDU session) for transmitting service information, the corresponding relationship between the PDU session and the identification information of the port for transmitting the service information may be stored. So that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
步骤S908:若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则终端设备将第四PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S908: If the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the terminal device regards the fourth PDU session as the first PDU session; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service Information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit second service information, the second service information is transmitted through a second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device.
与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同可以表示:第四PDU会话所传输的业务信息3可以通过第一端口传输至第一TSN转换设备,或者,第四PDU会话所传输的业务信息3可以通过第一端口传输至与第一TSN转换设备相连接的第一TSN终端设备,或者第四PDU会话所传输的业务信息3可以通过第一端口传输至第一TSN 转换设备的下一跳TSN设备。因此,业务信息3和第一业务信息通过相同的端口(即第一端口)传输。通过相同端口传输的业务信息可以共享同一个PDU会话,因此,终端设备可以将该第四PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以通过第四PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第四PDU会话,有利于节省资源。需要说明的是,步骤S908其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。The identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, which may indicate that the service information 3 transmitted in the fourth PDU session may be transmitted to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the fourth PDU The service information 3 transmitted in the session can be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device connected to the first TSN conversion device through the first port, or the service information 3 transmitted in the fourth PDU session can be transmitted to the first TSN through the first port The next hop TSN device of the conversion device. Therefore, the service information 3 and the first service information are transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). The service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the fourth PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fourth PDU session, and by reusing the fourth PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources. It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S908 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
通过实施本申请实施例,在与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第四PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第四PDU会话,有利于节省资源。By implementing the embodiments of the present application, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fourth PDU session, and through Reusing the fourth PDU session is conducive to saving resources.
请参见图10,图10是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。其中,步骤S1001、步骤S1004~步骤S1009的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S1002~步骤S1003的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图10所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 10, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Among them, step S1001, step S1004 to step S1009 are executed by the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, and the execution subject of step S1002 to step S1003 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 10, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S1001:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S1001: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S1002:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S1002: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S1003:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S1003: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S1004:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S1004: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
步骤S1005:终端设备确定前述第一业务信息的流量描述符。Step S1005: The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the aforementioned first service information.
步骤S1006:若该第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话。Step S1006: If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
步骤S1007:终端设备获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息。Step S1007: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session.
需要说明的是,步骤S1001~步骤S1003的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S203的具体描述,步骤S1004的执行过程可参见图3中步骤S304的具体描述,步骤S1005~步骤S1007的执行过程可分别参见图9中步骤S905~步骤S907的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step S1001 to step S1003 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S1004 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. For the execution process, please refer to the specific description of step S905 to step S907 in FIG. 9 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S1008:若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则终端设备向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,该第四PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。Step S1008: If the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the terminal device sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the fourth PDU session establishment request is used to request Establish a first PDU session; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the The second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同可以表示:第四PDU会话所传输的业务信息3与第一业务信息通过不同的端口传输。在此情况下,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立第一PDU会话。需要说明的是,步骤S1008其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。The difference between the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session and the identification information of the first port may indicate that the service information 3 and the first service information transmitted in the fourth PDU session are transmitted through different ports. In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device may request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element. It should be noted that the rest of the execution process of step S1008 can be referred to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S1009:终端设备接收来自该会话管理网元的第四PDU会话建立响应消息,该第四PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示该第一PDU会话建立成功。Step S1009: The terminal device receives a fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
具体的,会话管理网元接收到第四PDU会话建立请求之后,可以建立第一PDU会话。并向终端设备发送第四PDU会话建立响应消息。Specifically, after receiving the fourth PDU session establishment request, the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send a fourth PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备确定第一PDU会话建立成功之后,可以存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In an implementation manner, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port may be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
在本申请实施例中,当与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In the embodiment of the present application, when the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal device can pass the The session management network element sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to request a new first PDU session.
请参见图11,图11是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。终端设备如何根据PDU会话与TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系确定第一PDU会话。其中,步骤S1101、步骤S1104~步骤S1108的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S1102~步骤S1103的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图11所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a schematic flowchart of yet another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. How the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the correspondence between the PDU session and the identification information of the TSN terminal device. Among them, the execution subject of step S1101 and step S1104 to step S1108 is the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S1102 to step S1103 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 11, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S1101:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S1101: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S1102:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S1102: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S1103:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S1103: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S1104:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S1104: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
需要说明的是,步骤S1101~步骤S1103的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S203的具体描述,步骤S1104的执行过程可参见图3中步骤S304的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step S1101 to step S1103 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S1104 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S1105:终端设备确定前述第一业务信息的流量描述符。Step S1105: The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the foregoing first service information.
具体的,终端设备可以根据第一业务信息的特征确定其流量描述符。可选的,第一业务信息可以触发终端设备中的应用程序,终端设备可以将该应用程序的流量描述符作为第一业务信息的流量描述符。终端设备可以在从应用服务器中获取该应用程序的安装信息时,获取该应用程序的流量描述符。Specifically, the terminal device may determine its traffic descriptor according to the characteristics of the first service information. Optionally, the first service information may trigger an application in the terminal device, and the terminal device may use the flow descriptor of the application as the flow descriptor of the first service information. The terminal device may obtain the flow descriptor of the application when obtaining the installation information of the application from the application server.
步骤S1106:若该第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话。Step S1106: If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
步骤S1106的执行过程可参见图9中步骤S906的具体描述,此处不再赘述。For the execution process of step S1106, please refer to the specific description of step S906 in FIG. 9, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S1107:终端设备获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息。Step S1107: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session.
第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息可以用于指示:第五PDU会话所传输的业务信息(如业务信息4)对应的源地址或目的地址信息,即第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备可以为生成业务信息4的TSN终端设备,或者,可以为业务信息4到达的目的TSN终端设备。在本申请实施例中,终端设备每建立一个用于传输业务信息的PDU会话(包括第五PDU会话)之后,可以存储该PDU会话与该PDU会话所传输的业务信息4对应的源地址或目的地址信息(即TSN终端设备的标识信息)之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后 续可以获取并使用该对应关系。The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session can be used to indicate: the source address or destination address information corresponding to the service information (such as service information 4) transmitted by the fifth PDU session, that is, the TSN terminal corresponding to the fifth PDU session The device may be the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 4, or it may be the destination TSN terminal device that the service information 4 reaches. In the embodiment of the present application, after each terminal device establishes a PDU session (including the fifth PDU session) for transmitting service information, it can store the source address or destination of the PDU session and the service information 4 transmitted by the PDU session. The corresponding relationship between the address information (that is, the identification information of the TSN terminal device), so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship.
步骤S1108:若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则终端设备将第五PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系;第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。Step S1108: If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device regards the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session; the first PDU session is used for transmission The foregoing first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the terminal device; first There is a topological connection relationship between the TSN terminal device and the first port.
与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同可以表示:第五PDU会话所传输的业务信息4和第一业务信息均通过第一TSN终端设备生成,或者,第五PDU会话所传输的业务信息4和第一业务信息均需要传输至第一TSN终端设备。因此,业务信息4和第一业务信息会通过相同的端口(即第一端口)传输。通过相同端口传输的业务信息可以共享同一个PDU会话,因此,终端设备可以将该第五PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。通过这种方式,可以通过第五PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第五PDU会话,有利于节省资源。需要说明的是,步骤S1108其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。The identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, which may indicate that the service information 4 and the first service information transmitted in the fifth PDU session are both generated by the first TSN terminal device. Or, both the service information 4 and the first service information transmitted in the fifth PDU session need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device. Therefore, the service information 4 and the first service information will be transmitted through the same port (ie, the first port). Service information transmitted through the same port can share the same PDU session. Therefore, the terminal device can use the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session. In this way, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fifth PDU session, and by reusing the fifth PDU session, it is beneficial to save resources. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S1108, refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
通过实施本申请实施例,在与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同的情况下,可以通过第五PDU会话传输新的业务信息(第一业务信息),通过重用第五PDU会话,有利于节省资源。By implementing the embodiments of this application, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, new service information (first service information) can be transmitted through the fifth PDU session. Information), by reusing the fifth PDU session, it is helpful to save resources.
请参见图12,图12是本申请实施例提供的又一种会话处理方法的流程示意图。其中,步骤S1201、步骤S1204~步骤S1209的执行主体为终端设备,或者为终端设备中的芯片,步骤S1202~步骤S1203的执行主体为策略控制网元,或者为策略控制网元中的芯片,以下以终端设备、策略控制网元为会话处理方法的执行主体为例进行说明。如图12所示,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 12, which is a schematic flowchart of another session processing method provided by an embodiment of the present application. Among them, step S1201, step S1204 to step S1209 are executed by the terminal device, or the chip in the terminal device, the execution subject of step S1202 to step S1203 is the policy control network element, or the chip in the policy control network element, as follows Take the terminal device and the policy control network element as the execution subject of the session processing method as an example for description. As shown in Figure 12, the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S1201:终端设备确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息。Step S1201: The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device.
步骤S1202:策略控制网元生成URSP。Step S1202: The policy control network element generates a URSP.
步骤S1203:策略控制网元将该URSP发送至终端设备。Step S1203: The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device.
步骤S1204:终端设备根据该URSP,确定URSP规则,该URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符。Step S1204: The terminal device determines a URSP rule according to the URSP, and the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor.
步骤S1205:终端设备确定前述第一业务信息的流量描述符。Step S1205: The terminal device determines the flow descriptor of the aforementioned first service information.
步骤S1206:若该第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话。Step S1206: If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
步骤S1207:终端设备获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息。Step S1207: The terminal device obtains the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session.
需要说明的是,步骤S1201~步骤S1203的执行过程可分别参见图2中步骤S201~步骤S203的具体描述,步骤S1204的执行过程可参见图3中步骤S304的具体描述,步骤S1205~步骤S1207的执行过程可分别参见图11中步骤S1105~步骤S1107的具体描述,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that the execution process of step S1201 to step S1203 can be referred to the specific description of step S201 to step S203 in FIG. 2 respectively, and the execution process of step S1204 can be referred to the specific description of step S304 in FIG. For the execution process, please refer to the specific description of step S1105 to step S1107 in FIG. 11 respectively, which will not be repeated here.
步骤S1208:若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则终端设备向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,该第五PDU 会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;该第一PDU会话用于传输前述第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与该终端设备具有拓扑连接关系;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。Step S1208: If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device sends a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the fifth PDU session is established The request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; the first PDU session is used to transmit the aforementioned first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, and the second service information passes through the second Port transmission; the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同可以表示:第五PDU会话所传输的业务信息4不通过第一TSN终端设备生成,或者,第五PDU会话所传输的业务信息4不需要传输至第一TSN终端设备。The difference between the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device may indicate that the service information 4 transmitted in the fifth PDU session is not generated by the first TSN terminal device, or the fifth PDU The service information 4 transmitted by the session does not need to be transmitted to the first TSN terminal device.
若生成业务信息4的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备连接至不同端口,则第一端口与用于传输业务信息4的端口不同。在此情况下,终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,以请求建立第一PDU会话。需要说明的是,步骤S1208其余的执行过程可参见图2中步骤S205的具体描述,此处不再赘述。If the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 4 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to different ports, the first port is different from the port used to transmit the service information 4. In this case, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established sessions, and the terminal device may request the establishment of the first PDU session by sending a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element. It should be noted that, for the rest of the execution process of step S1208, please refer to the specific description of step S205 in FIG. 2, which will not be repeated here.
在一种实现方式中,若生成业务信息4的TSN终端设备与第一TSN终端设备连接至同一端口,则第一端口与用于传输业务信息4的端口可以相同。在此情况下,终端设备可以将第五PDU会话确定为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, if the TSN terminal device that generates the service information 4 and the first TSN terminal device are connected to the same port, the first port and the port used to transmit the service information 4 may be the same. In this case, the terminal device may determine the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session.
步骤S1209:终端设备接收来自该会话管理网元的第五PDU会话建立响应消息,该第五PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示该第一PDU会话建立成功。Step S1209: The terminal device receives a fifth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fifth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
具体的,会话管理网元接收到第五PDU会话建立请求之后,可以建立第一PDU会话。并向终端设备发送第五PDU会话建立响应消息。Specifically, after receiving the fifth PDU session establishment request, the session management network element may establish the first PDU session. And send a fifth PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,终端设备确定第一PDU会话建立成功之后,可以存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系,以便终端设备后续可以获取并使用该对应关系。In an implementation manner, after the terminal device determines that the first PDU session is successfully established, the corresponding relationship between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device can be stored, so that the terminal device can subsequently obtain and use the corresponding relationship .
在本申请实施例中,当与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,即终端设备无法从已建立会话中确定第一PDU会话时,该终端设备可以通过向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,以请求新建第一PDU会话。In this embodiment of the application, when the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, that is, the terminal device cannot determine the first PDU session from the established session, the terminal The device may send a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element to request the creation of the first PDU session.
上述本申请提供的实施例中,分别从终端设备、策略控制网元、会话管理网元的角度对本申请实施例提供的方法进行了介绍。为了实现上述本申请实施例提供的方法中的各功能,终端设备、策略控制网元、会话管理网元可以包括硬件结构、软件模块,以硬件结构、软件模块、或硬件结构加软件模块的形式来实现上述各功能。上述各功能中的某个功能可以以硬件结构、软件模块、或者硬件结构加软件模块的方式来执行。In the above-mentioned embodiments provided in the present application, the methods provided in the embodiments of the present application are introduced from the perspectives of terminal devices, policy control network elements, and session management network elements, respectively. In order to implement the functions in the method provided in the above embodiments of the application, the terminal device, the policy control network element, and the session management network element may include a hardware structure and a software module, in the form of a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module To achieve the above functions. One of the above-mentioned functions can be executed in a hardware structure, a software module, or a hardware structure plus a software module.
请参见图13,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置130的结构示意图。图13所示的通信装置130可包括收发模块1301和处理模块1302。收发模块1301可包括发送模块和/或接收模块,发送模块用于实现发送功能,接收模块用于实现接收功能,收发模块1301可以实现发送功能和/或接收功能。收发模块也可以描述为通信模块。Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of this application. The communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may include a transceiver module 1301 and a processing module 1302. The transceiver module 1301 may include a sending module and/or a receiving module. The sending module is used to realize the sending function, the receiving module is used to realize the receiving function, and the sending and receiving module 1301 may realize the sending function and/or the receiving function. The transceiver module can also be described as a communication module.
通信装置130可以是终端设备,也可以终端设备中的装置,还可以是能够与终端设备匹配使用的装置。或者,通信装置130可以是策略控制网元,也可以策略控制网元中的装置,还可以是能够与策略控制网元匹配使用的装置。或者,通信装置130可以是会话管理 网元,也可以会话管理网元中的装置,还可以是能够与会话管理网元匹配使用的装置。The communication device 130 may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device. Alternatively, the communication device 130 may be a policy control network element, a device in a policy control network element, or a device that can be matched and used with a policy control network element. Alternatively, the communication device 130 may be a session management network element, a device in a session management network element, or a device that can be matched and used with the session management network element.
通信装置130为终端设备:收发模块1301,用于从策略控制网元接收URSP;处理模块1302,用于确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息;根据从策略控制网元接收的URSP,确定URSP规则;并根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于传输第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与所述通信装置130具有拓扑连接关系。The communication device 130 is a terminal device: the transceiver module 1301 is used to receive the URSP from the policy control network element; the processing module 1302 is used to determine that the first service information is transmitted through the first port of the TSN conversion device; according to the information received from the policy control network element URSP, determine the URSP rule; and determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, the first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit the second service information, the second Service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection with the communication device 130.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,处理模块1302用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor, and the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, which can be specifically used to: If the descriptor matches the first port, the first PDU session is determined according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
在一种实现方式中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同;处理模块1302用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: The first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session is determined.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以包括:前述端口的标识信息与所述第一端口的标识信息相同。In an implementation manner, the flow descriptor includes identification information of the port; the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the aforementioned port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,前述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,前述端口的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the foregoing port.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;前述流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以包括:该TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, the flow descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device; the matching of the foregoing flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; Wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在一种实现方式中,该路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,前述TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the aforementioned TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则将第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session Match the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, use the second PDU session as The first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则通过收发模块1301向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,该第一PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;并通过收发模块1301接收来自会话管理网元的第一PDU会话建立响应消息,该第一PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session Match the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the The management network element sends a first PDU session establishment request, which is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session; and receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301. The PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与前述路由选择描 述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则将第三PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information in the established session and the foregoing routing description Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then The third PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则通过收发模块1301向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,该第二PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;并通过收发模块1301接收来自会话管理网元的第二PDU会话建立响应消息,该第二PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: determine the attribute information in the established session and the foregoing routing description Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then Send a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301, the second PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection with the first port; and The second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the transceiver module 1301, and the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:若已建立会话中不存在属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的会话,则通过收发模块1301向会话管理网元发送第三PDU会话建立请求,该第三PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,第三PDU会话建立请求包括该路由选择描述符;通过收发模块1301接收来自会话管理网元的第三PDU会话建立响应消息,第三PDU会话建立响应消息包括该路由选择描述符,该第三PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, when the processing module 1302 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: if the attribute information and the aforementioned routing selection do not exist in the established session For the session that matches the descriptor, a third PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301. The third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, and the third PDU session establishment request includes the route. Selection descriptor; the third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the transceiver module 1301, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first The PDU session is successfully established; where the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理模块1302用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则将第四PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理模块1302用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则通过收发模块1301向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,该第四PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;并通过收发模块1301接收来自会话管理网元的第四PDU会话建立响应消息,该第四PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session establishment is sent to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301 Request, the fourth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; and the fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the transceiver module 1301, and the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU session establishment response message. A PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识 信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理模块1302用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则将第五PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Acquire the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the fifth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU Session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device and the first port have a topological connection relationship.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理模块1302用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则通过收发模块1301向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,第五PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;并通过收发模块1301接收来自会话管理网元的第五PDU会话建立响应消息,该第五PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processing module 1302 is used to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, send a message to the session management network element through the transceiver module 1301 Send the fifth PDU session establishment request, the fifth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device and the first port have a topological connection relationship; and the transceiver module 1301 receives from the session management network element The fifth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理模块1302还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processing module 1302 may also be used to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
通信装置130为策略控制网元:处理模块1302,用于生成URSP;收发模块1301,用于将该URSP发送至终端设备,该URSP中的URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;该流量描述符包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。The communication device 130 is a policy control network element: the processing module 1302 is used to generate a URSP; the transceiver module 1301 is used to send the URSP to the terminal device. The URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a corresponding flow descriptor. Routing descriptor: The flow descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
在一种实现方式中,前述流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,该端口的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing flow descriptor includes port identification information; the routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and port identification information.
在一种实现方式中,前述流量描述符包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,该TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device; the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, identification information of the TSN terminal device .
通信装置130为会话管理网元:收发模块1301,用于接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求(如前述第三PDU会话建立请求),该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;处理模块1302,用于根据该路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话;收发模块1301,还用于向终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息(如前述第三PDU会话建立响应消息),该PDU会话建立响应消息包括路由选择描述符,该PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。The communication device 130 is a session management network element: the transceiver module 1301 is used to receive a PDU session establishment request (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request) from a terminal device. The PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session. The PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor; the processing module 1302 is used to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor; the transceiver module 1301 is also used to send a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device (such as the aforementioned third PDU Session establishment response message), the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal equipment的identification information.
请参见图14,图14是本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置140的结构示意图。通信装置140可以是终端设备,也可以是策略控制网元,也可以是会话管理网元,也可以是支 持终端设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片***、或处理器等,还可以是支持策略控制网元实现上述方法的芯片、芯片***、或处理器等,还可以是支持会话管理网元实现上述方法的芯片、芯片***、或处理器等。该装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。Please refer to FIG. 14, which is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device 140 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 140 may be a terminal device, a policy control network element, a session management network element, a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the terminal device to implement the above method, or a policy control network element. The chip, chip system, or processor that the network element implements the foregoing method may also be a chip, chip system, or processor that supports the session management network element to implement the foregoing method. The device can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment, and for details, please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment.
通信装置140可以包括一个或多个处理器1401。处理器1401可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、基带芯片,终端、终端芯片,DU或CU等)进行控制,执行计算机程序,处理计算机程序的数据。The communication device 140 may include one or more processors 1401. The processor 1401 may be a general-purpose processor, a special-purpose processor, or the like. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit. The baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data, and the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute computer programs, and process Computer program data.
可选的,通信装置140中可以包括一个或多个存储器1402,其上可以存有计算机程序1404,所述计算机程序可在通信装置140上被运行,使得通信装置140执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器1402中还可以存储有数据。通信装置140和存储器1402可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 140 may include one or more memories 1402, on which a computer program 1404 may be stored, and the computer program may be executed on the communication device 140, so that the communication device 140 executes the method described in the foregoing method embodiments. Methods. Optionally, the memory 1402 may also store data. The communication device 140 and the memory 1402 can be provided separately or integrated together.
可选的,通信装置140还可以包括收发器1405、天线1406。收发器1405可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器1405可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the communication device 140 may further include a transceiver 1405 and an antenna 1406. The transceiver 1405 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., for implementing the transceiver function. The transceiver 1405 may include a receiver and a transmitter. The receiver may be referred to as a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., for implementing a receiving function; the transmitter may be referred to as a transmitter or a transmitting circuit, etc., for implementing a transmitting function.
可选的,通信装置140中还可以包括一个或多个接口电路1407。接口电路1407用于接收代码指令并传输至处理器1401。处理器1401运行所述代码指令以使通信装置140执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。Optionally, the communication device 140 may further include one or more interface circuits 1407. The interface circuit 1407 is used to receive code instructions and transmit them to the processor 1401. The processor 1401 runs the code instructions to make the communication device 140 execute the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
通信装置140为终端设备:处理器1401用于执行图2中的步骤S201、步骤S204~步骤S205;用于执行图3中的步骤S301、步骤S304~步骤S305;用于执行图4中的步骤S401、步骤S404~步骤S407;用于执行图5中的步骤S501、步骤S504~步骤S506;用于执行图6中的步骤S601、步骤S604~步骤S607;用于执行图7中的步骤S701、步骤S704~步骤S706;用于执行图8中的步骤S801和步骤S804;用于执行图9中的步骤S901、步骤S904~步骤S908;用于执行图10中的步骤S1001、步骤S1004~步骤S1007;用于执行图11中的步骤S1101、步骤S1104~步骤S1108;或用于执行图12中的步骤S1201、步骤S1204~步骤S1207。收发器1405用于执行图5中的步骤S507~步骤S508;用于执行图7中的步骤S707~步骤S708;用于执行图8中的步骤S805~步骤S806;用于执行图10中的步骤S1008~步骤S1009;或用于执行图12中的步骤S1208~步骤S1209。The communication device 140 is a terminal device: the processor 1401 is used to execute step S201, step S204 to step S205 in FIG. 2; it is used to execute step S301, step S304 to step S305 in FIG. 3; it is used to execute the steps in FIG. S401, step S404 to step S407; used to perform step S501, step S504 to step S506 in FIG. 5; used to perform step S601, step S604 to step S607 in FIG. 6; used to perform step S701, step S701 in FIG. Step S704~Step S706; used to perform step S801 and step S804 in Fig. 8; used to perform step S901, step S904~step S908 in Fig. 9; used to perform step S1001, step S1004~step S1007 in Fig. 10 ; Used to perform step S1101 in FIG. 11, step S1104 to step S1108; or used to perform step S1201 in FIG. 12, step S1204 to step S1207. The transceiver 1405 is used to perform steps S507 to S508 in FIG. 5; used to perform steps S707 to S708 in FIG. 7; used to perform steps S805 to S806 in FIG. 8; and used to perform steps in FIG. 10 S1008 to step S1009; or used to execute step S1208 to step S1209 in FIG. 12.
通信装置140为策略控制网元:处理器1401用于执行图2中的步骤S202;用于执行图3中的步骤S302;用于执行图4中的步骤S402;用于执行图5中的步骤S502;用于执行图6中的步骤S602;用于执行图7中的步骤S702;用于执行图8中的步骤S802;用于执行图9中的步骤S902;用于执行图10中的步骤S1002;用于执行图11中的步骤S1102;或用于执行图12中的步骤S1202。收发器1405用于执行图2中的步骤S203;用于执行图3中的步骤S303;用于执行图4中的步骤S403;用于执行图5中的步骤S503;用于执行图6中的步骤S603;用于执行图7中的步骤S703;用于执行图8中的步骤S803;用于执行图9中的步骤S903;用于执行图10中的步骤S1003;用于执行图11中的步骤S1103;或用于执行图12中的步骤S1203。The communication device 140 is a policy control network element: the processor 1401 is used to perform step S202 in FIG. 2; used to perform step S302 in FIG. 3; used to perform step S402 in FIG. 4; S502; used to perform step S602 in Figure 6; used to perform step S702 in Figure 7; used to perform step S802 in Figure 8; used to perform step S902 in Figure 9; used to perform step S902 in Figure 10 S1002; used to perform step S1102 in FIG. 11; or used to perform step S1202 in FIG. 12. The transceiver 1405 is used to perform step S203 in Figure 2; used to perform step S303 in Figure 3; used to perform step S403 in Figure 4; used to perform step S503 in Figure 5; used to perform step S503 in Figure 6 Step S603; used to perform step S703 in Figure 7; used to perform step S803 in Figure 8; used to perform step S903 in Figure 9; used to perform step S1003 in Figure 10; used to perform step S1003 in Figure 11 Step S1103; or used to execute step S1203 in FIG. 12.
通信装置140为会话管理网元:收发器1405用于执行接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求(如前述第三PDU会话建立请求),该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;处理器1401用于执行根据该路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话;收发器1405还用于执行向终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息(如前述第三PDU会话建立响应消息),该PDU会话建立响应消息包括路由选择描述符,该PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。The communication device 140 is a session management network element: the transceiver 1405 is configured to receive a PDU session establishment request (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request) from a terminal device, and the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session. The PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor; the processor 1401 is configured to execute the establishment of a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor; the transceiver 1405 is also configured to execute sending a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device (such as the aforementioned third PDU Session establishment response message), the PDU session establishment response message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; wherein, the routing descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal equipment的identification information.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1401中可以包括用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。In an implementation manner, the processor 1401 may include a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions. For example, the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit. The transceiver circuits, interfaces, or interface circuits used to implement the receiving and transmitting functions can be separate or integrated. The foregoing transceiver circuit, interface, or interface circuit can be used for code/data reading and writing, or the foregoing transceiver circuit, interface, or interface circuit can be used for signal transmission or transmission.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1401可以存有计算机程序1403,计算机程序1403在处理器1401上运行,可使得通信装置140执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。计算机程序1403可能固化在处理器1401中,该种情况下,处理器1401可能由硬件实现。In an implementation manner, the processor 1401 may store a computer program 1403, and the computer program 1403 runs on the processor 1401 to enable the communication device 140 to execute the method described in the foregoing method embodiment. The computer program 1403 may be solidified in the processor 1401. In this case, the processor 1401 may be implemented by hardware.
在一种实现方式中,通信装置140可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(bipolar junction transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。In an implementation manner, the communication device 140 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the sending or receiving or communication function in the foregoing method embodiment. The processor and transceiver described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), printed circuit board ( printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc. The processor and transceiver can also be manufactured by various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
以上实施例描述中的通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是策略控制网元,也可以是会话管理网元,但本申请中描述的通信装置的范围并不限于此,而且通信装置的结构可以不受图14的限制。通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置可以是:The communication device described in the above embodiment may be a terminal device, a policy control network element, or a session management network element, but the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to this, and the structure of the communication device may be Not limited by Figure 14. The communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be:
(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片***或子***;(1) Independent integrated circuit IC, or chip, or chip system or subsystem;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,计算机程序的存储部件;(2) A collection of one or more ICs. Optionally, the IC collection may also include storage components for storing data and computer programs;
(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(Modem);(3) ASIC, such as a modem (Modem);
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other equipment;
(5)接收机、终端、智能终端、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(5) Receivers, terminals, smart terminals, cellular phones, wireless devices, handhelds, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, network devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;
(6)其他等等。(6) Others, etc.
对于通信装置可以是芯片或芯片***的情况,可参见图15所示的芯片的结构示意图。图15所示的芯片包括处理器1501和接口1502。其中,处理器1501的数量可以是一个或 多个,接口1502的数量可以是多个。For the case where the communication device can be a chip or a chip system, refer to the schematic diagram of the chip structure shown in FIG. 15. The chip shown in FIG. 15 includes a processor 1501 and an interface 1502. The number of processors 1501 can be one or more, and the number of interfaces 1502 can be more than one.
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中终端设备的功能的情况:For the case where the chip is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application:
接口1502,用于从策略控制网元接收URSP;处理器1501,用于确定通过TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息;根据从策略控制网元接收的URSP,确定URSP规则;并根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,第一PDU会话用于传输第一业务信息;该第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,该第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;该第二端口与所述终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。The interface 1502 is used to receive the URSP from the policy control network element; the processor 1501 is used to determine to transmit the first service information through the first port of the TSN conversion device; determine the URSP rule according to the URSP received from the policy control network element; The URSP rule determines a first PDU session, and the first PDU session is used to transmit first service information; the first PDU session is different from the PDU session used to transmit second service information, and the second service information is transmitted through the second port; The second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,处理器1501用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:若该流量描述符与第一端口相匹配,则根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor. When the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it can be specifically used to: If the descriptor matches the first port, the first PDU session is determined according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
在一种实现方式中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同;处理器1501用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: The first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session is determined.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以包括:前述端口的标识信息与所述第一端口的标识信息相同。In an implementation manner, the flow descriptor includes identification information of the port; the matching of the flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the aforementioned port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,前述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,前述端口的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the foregoing port.
在一种实现方式中,流量描述符可以包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;前述流量描述符与第一端口相匹配可以包括:该TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, the flow descriptor may include identification information of the TSN terminal device; the matching of the foregoing flow descriptor with the first port may include: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; Wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在一种实现方式中,该路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,前述TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the aforementioned TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则将第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session Match the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, use the second PDU session as The first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;获取与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则通过接口1502向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,该第一PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;并通过接口1502接收来自会话管理网元的第一PDU会话建立响应消息,该第一PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the routing description in the established session The second PDU session that matches the second PDU session; obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the interface 1502 is used to manage the session The network element sends a first PDU session establishment request, which is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session; and receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element through the interface 1502, the first PDU session The establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息 确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则将第三PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the foregoing routing description in the established session Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then The third PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:在已建立会话中确定属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;获取与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则通过接口1502向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,该第二PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;并通过接口1502接收来自会话管理网元的第二PDU会话建立响应消息,该第二PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it may be specifically used to: determine the attribute information and the foregoing routing description in the established session Match the third PDU session; obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, then Send a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the interface 1502, the second PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and The interface 1502 receives a second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501用于根据该路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:若已建立会话中不存在属性信息与前述路由选择描述符相匹配的会话,则通过接口1502向会话管理网元发送第三PDU会话建立请求,该第三PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,第三PDU会话建立请求包括该路由选择描述符;通过接口1502接收来自会话管理网元的第三PDU会话建立响应消息,第三PDU会话建立响应消息包括该路由选择描述符,该第三PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, it can be specifically used to: if the attribute information and the aforementioned routing selection do not exist in the established session For sessions matching the descriptors, a third PDU session establishment request is sent to the session management network element through the interface 1502. The third PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session, and the third PDU session establishment request includes the routing selection. Descriptor; receiving the third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element through the interface 1502, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU session The establishment is successful; wherein, the routing descriptor includes the identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理器1501用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息相同,则将第四PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the fourth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU session.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理器1501用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;获取与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;若与第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和第一端口的标识信息不同,则通过接口1502向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,该第四PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;并通过接口1502接收来自会话管理网元的第四PDU会话建立响应消息,该第四PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session; if the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, send a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element through the interface 1502 , The fourth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; and the fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element is received through the interface 1502, and the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate the first PDU The session was established successfully.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理器1501用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则将第五PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Acquire the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the fifth PDU session is regarded as the first PDU Session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device and the first port have a topological connection relationship.
在一种实现方式中,URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;处理器1501用于根据该URSP规则确定第一PDU会话时,具体可以用于:确定第一业务信息的流量描述符;若第一业务信息的流量描述符与该URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则在已建立会话中确定属性信息与该路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;获取与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;若与第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则通过接口1502向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,第五PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话;其中,第一TSN终端设备与第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;并通过接口1502接收来自会话管理网元的第五PDU会话建立响应消息,该第五PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功。In an implementation manner, the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; when the processor 1501 is configured to determine the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, it may be specifically used to: determine the first The flow descriptor of the service information; if the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, determine the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session; Obtain the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session; if the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, send it to the session management network element through the interface 1502 The fifth PDU session establishment request, the fifth PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port; and the first TSN terminal device is connected to the first port through the interface 1502. A fifth PDU session establishment response message, where the fifth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
在一种实现方式中,处理器1501还可以用于存储第一PDU会话与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。In an implementation manner, the processor 1501 may also be configured to store the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中策略控制网元的功能的情况:For the case where the chip is used to implement the function of the policy control network element in the embodiment of the present application:
处理器1501,用于生成URSP;接口1502,用于将该URSP发送至终端设备,该URSP中的URSP规则包括流量描述符和与该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;该流量描述符包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。The processor 1501 is configured to generate a URSP; the interface 1502 is configured to send the URSP to a terminal device. The URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes The identification information of the port or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
在一种实现方式中,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同。In an implementation manner, the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
在一种实现方式中,前述流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,该端口的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing flow descriptor includes port identification information; the routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and port identification information.
在一种实现方式中,前述流量描述符包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;该流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,该TSN终端设备的标识信息。In an implementation manner, the foregoing traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device; the routing descriptor corresponding to the traffic descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, identification information of the TSN terminal device .
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中会话管理网元的功能的情况:For the case where the chip is used to implement the function of the session management network element in the embodiment of the present application:
接口1502,用于接收来自终端设备的PDU会话建立请求(如前述第三PDU会话建立请求),该PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,该PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;处理器1501,用于根据该路由选择描述符建立第一PDU会话;接口1502,还用于向终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息(如前述第三PDU会话建立响应消息),该PDU会话建立响应消息包括路由选择描述符,该PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示第一PDU会话建立成功;其中,该路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。The interface 1502 is configured to receive a PDU session establishment request (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment request) from a terminal device, the PDU session establishment request is used to request the establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor; The processor 1501 is configured to establish a first PDU session according to the routing descriptor; the interface 1502 is also configured to send a PDU session establishment response message (such as the aforementioned third PDU session establishment response message) to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response The message includes a routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established; where the routing descriptor includes port identification information or TSN terminal device identification information.
可选的,芯片还包括存储器1503,存储器1503用于存储必要的计算机程序和数据。Optionally, the chip further includes a memory 1503, and the memory 1503 is used to store necessary computer programs and data.
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请实施例列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件,或两者的结合进行实现。这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件来实现取决于特定的应用和整个***的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用,可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能,但这种实现不应被理解为超出本申请实施例保护的范围。Those skilled in the art may also understand that various illustrative logical blocks and steps listed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of the two. Whether such a function is implemented by hardware or software depends on the specific application and the design requirements of the entire system. Those skilled in the art can use various methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be construed as going beyond the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请实施例还提供一种会话处理***,该***包括前述图13实施例中作为终端设备的通信装置和作为策略控制网元的通信装置,或者,该***包括前述图13实施例中作为终端设备的通信装置、作为策略控制网元的通信装置和作为会话管理网元的通信装置;或者,该***包括前述图14实施例中作为终端设备的通信装置和作为策略控制网元的通信装置,或者,该***包括前述图14实施例中作为终端设备的通信装置、作为策略控制网元的通信装置和作为会话管理网元的通信装置。An embodiment of the present application also provides a session processing system, which includes a communication device as a terminal device in the embodiment of FIG. 13 and a communication device as a policy control network element, or the system includes a communication device as a terminal in the embodiment of FIG. The communication device of the device, the communication device as the policy control network element, and the communication device as the session management network element; or, the system includes the communication device as the terminal device in the embodiment of FIG. 14 and the communication device as the policy control network element, Alternatively, the system includes a communication device as a terminal device, a communication device as a policy control network element, and a communication device as a session management network element in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 14.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机可读存储介质被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed by a computer, the function of any of the foregoing method embodiments is realized.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, realizes the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机程序。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机程序可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机程序可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer programs. When the computer program is loaded and executed on the computer, the process or function according to the embodiment of the present application is generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer program may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer program may be downloaded from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or a data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:本申请中涉及的第一、第二等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围,也表示先后顺序。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the various numerical numbers such as first and second involved in the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application, but also indicate a sequence.
本申请中的至少一个还可以描述为一个或多个,多个可以是两个、三个、四个或者更多个,本申请不做限制。在本申请实施例中,对于一种技术特征,通过“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”等区分该种技术特征中的技术特征,该“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“A”、“B”、“C”和“D”描述的技术特征间无先后顺序或者大小顺序。At least one in this application can also be described as one or more, and the multiple can be two, three, four or more, which is not limited in this application. In the embodiments of this application, for a technical feature, the technical feature is distinguished by "first", "second", "third", "A", "B", "C", and "D", etc. For the technical features in “First”, “Second”, “Third”, “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”, there is no order or size order among the technical features.
本申请中各表所示的对应关系可以被配置,也可以是预定义的。各表中的信息的取值仅仅是举例,可以配置为其他值,本申请并不限定。在配置信息与各参数的对应关系时,并不一定要求必须配置各表中示意出的所有对应关系。例如,本申请中的表格中,某些行 示出的对应关系也可以不配置。又例如,可以基于上述表格做适当的变形调整,例如,拆分,合并等等。上述各表中标题示出参数的名称也可以采用通信装置可理解的其他名称,其参数的取值或表示方式也可以通信装置可理解的其他取值或表示方式。上述各表在实现时,也可以采用其他的数据结构,例如可以采用数组、队列、容器、栈、线性表、指针、链表、树、图、结构体、类、堆、散列表或哈希表等。The corresponding relationships shown in the tables in this application can be configured or pre-defined. The value of the information in each table is only an example, and can be configured to other values, which is not limited in this application. When configuring the correspondence between the information and the parameters, it is not necessarily required to configure all the correspondences indicated in the tables. For example, in the table in this application, the corresponding relationship shown in some rows may not be configured. For another example, appropriate deformation adjustments can be made based on the above table, such as splitting, merging, and so on. The names of the parameters shown in the titles in the above tables may also be other names that can be understood by the communication device, and the values or expressions of the parameters may also be other values or expressions that can be understood by the communication device. When the above tables are implemented, other data structures can also be used, such as arrays, queues, containers, stacks, linear tables, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables, or hash tables. Wait.
本申请中的预定义可以理解为定义、预先定义、存储、预存储、预协商、预配置、固化、或预烧制。The pre-definition in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, curing, or pre-fired.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的***、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种会话处理方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A session processing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    终端设备确定通过时延敏感网络TSN转换设备的第一端口传输第一业务信息;The terminal device determines to transmit the first service information through the first port of the delay-sensitive network TSN conversion device;
    所述终端设备根据从策略控制网元接收的用户路由选择策略URSP,确定URSP规则;The terminal device determines the URSP rule according to the user routing policy URSP received from the policy control network element;
    所述终端设备根据所述URSP规则确定第一协议数据单元PDU会话,所述第一PDU会话用于传输所述第一业务信息;所述第一PDU会话与用于传输第二业务信息的PDU会话不同,所述第二业务信息通过第二端口传输;所述第二端口与所述终端设备具有拓扑连接关系。The terminal device determines a first protocol data unit PDU session according to the URSP rule, where the first PDU session is used to transmit the first service information; the first PDU session is related to the PDU used to transmit the second service information The session is different, the second service information is transmitted through the second port; the second port has a topological connection relationship with the terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述URSP规则包括流量描述符和与所述流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符,所述终端设备根据所述URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor, and the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, include:
    若所述流量描述符与所述第一端口相匹配,则所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话。If the traffic descriptor matches the first port, the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同;所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different; the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, comprising: :
    所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第一PDU会话。The terminal device determines the first PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述流量描述符包括端口的标识信息;The method according to claim 3, wherein the traffic descriptor includes port identification information;
    所述流量描述符与所述第一端口相匹配包括:所述端口的标识信息与所述第一端口的标识信息相同。The matching of the traffic descriptor with the first port includes: the identification information of the port is the same as the identification information of the first port.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI,数据网络名称DNN,所述端口的标识信息。The method according to claim 4, wherein the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, data network name DNN, and identification information of the port.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述流量描述符包括TSN终端设备的标识信息;The method according to claim 3, wherein the traffic descriptor includes identification information of a TSN terminal device;
    所述流量描述符与所述第一端口相匹配包括:所述TSN终端设备的标识信息与第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同;其中,所述第一TSN终端设备与所述第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。The matching of the traffic descriptor with the first port includes: the identification information of the TSN terminal device is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device; wherein the first TSN terminal device exists with the first port Topological connection relationship.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,所述TSN终端设备的标识信息。The method according to claim 6, wherein the routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  8. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, comprising:
    所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;Determining, by the terminal device, a second PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in an established session;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session;
    若与所述第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和所述第一端口的标识信息相同,则所述终端设备将所述第二PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。If the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the terminal device regards the second PDU session as the first PDU session.
  9. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, comprising:
    所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第二PDU会话;Determining, by the terminal device, a second PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in an established session;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session;
    若与所述第二PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和所述第一端口的标识信息不同,则所述终端设备向会话管理网元发送第一PDU会话建立请求,所述第一PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立所述第一PDU会话;If the identification information of the port corresponding to the second PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the terminal device sends a first PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the first PDU session is established The request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述会话管理网元的第一PDU会话建立响应消息,所述第一PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立成功。The terminal device receives a first PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the first PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备存储所述第一PDU会话与所述第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。The terminal device stores the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  11. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, comprising:
    所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;Determining, by the terminal device, a third PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in an established session;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session;
    若与所述第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则所述终端设备将所述第三PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,所述第一TSN终端设备与所述第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device regards the third PDU session as the first PDU session; wherein, the first PDU session A TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  12. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, comprising:
    所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第三PDU会话;Determining, by the terminal device, a third PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in an established session;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session;
    若与所述第三PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则所述终端设备向会话管理网元发送第二PDU会话建立请求,所述第二PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立所述第一PDU会话;其中,所述第一TSN终端设备与所述第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the third PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device sends a second PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the second PDU The session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述会话管理网元的第二PDU会话建立响应消息,所述第二PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立成功。The terminal device receives a second PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the second PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 12, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备存储所述第一PDU会话与所述第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。The terminal device stores the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据所述路由选择描述符和已建立会话的属性信息确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor and the attribute information of the established session, comprising:
    若已建立会话中不存在属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的会话,则所述终端设备向会话管理网元发送第三PDU会话建立请求,所述第三PDU会话建立请求用于请求建 立第一PDU会话,所述第三PDU会话建立请求包括所述路由选择描述符;If there is no session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session, the terminal device sends a third PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the third PDU session establishment request is used to request Establishing a first PDU session, and the third PDU session establishment request includes the routing descriptor;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述会话管理网元的第三PDU会话建立响应消息,所述第三PDU会话建立响应消息包括所述路由选择描述符,所述第三PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立成功;The terminal device receives a third PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, the third PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the third PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate The first PDU session is successfully established;
    其中,所述路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者TSN终端设备的标识信息。Wherein, the routing descriptor includes identification information of a port or identification information of a TSN terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述URSP规则包括流量描述符和与所述流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;所述终端设备根据所述URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, include:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一业务信息的流量描述符;Determining, by the terminal device, a flow descriptor of the first service information;
    若所述第一业务信息的流量描述符与所述URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session ;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session;
    若与所述第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和所述第一端口的标识信息相同,则所述终端设备将所述第四PDU会话作为第一PDU会话。If the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first port, the terminal device regards the fourth PDU session as the first PDU session.
  16. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述URSP规则包括流量描述符和与所述流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;所述终端设备根据所述URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, include:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一业务信息的流量描述符;Determining, by the terminal device, a flow descriptor of the first service information;
    若所述第一业务信息的流量描述符与所述URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第四PDU会话;If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines a fourth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session ;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session;
    若与所述第四PDU会话对应的端口的标识信息和所述第一端口的标识信息不同,则所述终端设备向会话管理网元发送第四PDU会话建立请求,所述第四PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立所述第一PDU会话;If the identification information of the port corresponding to the fourth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first port, the terminal device sends a fourth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the fourth PDU session is established The request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述会话管理网元的第四PDU会话建立响应消息,所述第四PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立成功。The terminal device receives a fourth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fourth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备存储所述第一PDU会话与所述第一端口的标识信息之间的对应关系。The terminal device stores the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first port.
  18. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述URSP规则包括流量描述符和与所述流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;所述终端设备根据所述URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, include:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一业务信息的流量描述符;Determining, by the terminal device, a flow descriptor of the first service information;
    若所述第一业务信息的流量描述符与所述URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session ;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session;
    若与所述第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息相同,则所述终端设备将所述第五PDU会话作为第一PDU会话;其中,所述第一TSN终端设备与所述第一端口存在拓扑连接关系。If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is the same as the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device regards the fifth PDU session as the first PDU session; wherein, the first PDU session A TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port.
  19. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述URSP规则包括流量描述符和与所述流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;所述终端设备根据所述URSP规则确定第一PDU会话,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the URSP rule includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the terminal device determines the first PDU session according to the URSP rule, include:
    所述终端设备确定所述第一业务信息的流量描述符;Determining, by the terminal device, a flow descriptor of the first service information;
    若所述第一业务信息的流量描述符与所述URSP规则包括的流量描述符相同,则所述终端设备在已建立会话中确定属性信息与所述路由选择描述符相匹配的第五PDU会话;If the flow descriptor of the first service information is the same as the flow descriptor included in the URSP rule, the terminal device determines the fifth PDU session whose attribute information matches the routing descriptor in the established session ;
    所述终端设备获取与所述第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息;Acquiring, by the terminal device, identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session;
    若与所述第五PDU会话对应的TSN终端设备的标识信息和第一TSN终端设备的标识信息不同,则所述终端设备向会话管理网元发送第五PDU会话建立请求,所述第五PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立所述第一PDU会话;其中,所述第一TSN终端设备与所述第一端口存在拓扑连接关系;If the identification information of the TSN terminal device corresponding to the fifth PDU session is different from the identification information of the first TSN terminal device, the terminal device sends a fifth PDU session establishment request to the session management network element, and the fifth PDU The session establishment request is used to request the establishment of the first PDU session; wherein, the first TSN terminal device has a topological connection relationship with the first port;
    所述终端设备接收来自所述会话管理网元的第五PDU会话建立响应消息,所述第五PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立成功。The terminal device receives a fifth PDU session establishment response message from the session management network element, where the fifth PDU session establishment response message is used to indicate that the first PDU session is successfully established.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 19, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端设备存储所述第一PDU会话与所述第一TSN终端设备的标识信息之间的对应关系。The terminal device stores the correspondence between the first PDU session and the identification information of the first TSN terminal device.
  21. 一种会话处理方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A session processing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    策略控制网元生成用户路由选择策略URSP;The strategy control network element generates a user routing strategy URSP;
    所述策略控制网元将所述URSP发送至终端设备,所述URSP中的URSP规则包括流量描述符和与所述流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符;所述流量描述符包括端口的标识信息或TSN终端设备的标识信息。The policy control network element sends the URSP to the terminal device, and the URSP rule in the URSP includes a flow descriptor and a routing descriptor corresponding to the flow descriptor; the flow descriptor includes port identification information Or the identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的方法,其特征在于,不同流量描述符对应的路由选择描述符不同。The method according to claim 21, wherein the routing descriptors corresponding to different traffic descriptors are different.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述流量描述符包括所述端口的标识信息;The method according to claim 22, wherein the traffic descriptor includes identification information of the port;
    所述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:单网络切片选择辅助信息S-NSSAI,数据网络名称DNN,所述端口的标识信息。The routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: single network slice selection auxiliary information S-NSSAI, data network name DNN, and identification information of the port.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述流量描述符包括所述TSN终端设备的标识信息;The method according to claim 22, wherein the traffic descriptor includes identification information of the TSN terminal device;
    所述路由选择描述符包括以下一项或多项:S-NSSAI,DNN,所述TSN终端设备的标识信息。The routing descriptor includes one or more of the following: S-NSSAI, DNN, and identification information of the TSN terminal device.
  25. 一种会话处理方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A session processing method, characterized in that the method includes:
    会话管理网元接收来自终端设备的协议数据单元PDU会话建立请求,所述PDU会话建立请求用于请求建立第一PDU会话,所述PDU会话建立请求包括路由选择描述符;The session management network element receives a protocol data unit PDU session establishment request from the terminal device, where the PDU session establishment request is used to request establishment of a first PDU session, and the PDU session establishment request includes a routing descriptor;
    所述会话管理网元根据所述路由选择描述符建立所述第一PDU会话;Establishing, by the session management network element, the first PDU session according to the routing descriptor;
    所述会话管理网元向所述终端设备发送PDU会话建立响应消息,所述PDU会话建立响应消息包括所述路由选择描述符,所述PDU会话建立响应消息用于指示所述第一PDU会话建立成功;The session management network element sends a PDU session establishment response message to the terminal device, the PDU session establishment response message includes the routing descriptor, and the PDU session establishment response message is used to instruct the establishment of the first PDU session success;
    其中,所述路由选择描述符包括端口的标识信息或者时延敏感网络TSN终端设备的标识信息。Wherein, the routing descriptor includes identification information of a port or identification information of a TSN terminal device of a delay-sensitive network.
  26. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求1~20中任一项所述的方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing the method according to any one of claims 1-20.
  27. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求21~24中任一项所述的方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing the method according to any one of claims 21-24.
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括用于执行如权利要求25所述的方法的单元。A communication device, characterized by comprising a unit for executing the method according to claim 25.
  29. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有程序指令,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,以使所述装置执行如权利要求1~20中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device includes a processor and a memory, and program instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes The method of any one of 1-20.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有程序指令,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,以使所述装置执行如权利要求21~24中任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device includes a processor and a memory, and program instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes The method of any one of 21-24.
  31. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述装置包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有程序指令,所述处理器执行所述存储器中存储的程序指令,以使所述装置执行如权利要求25所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that the device includes a processor and a memory, and program instructions are stored in the memory, and the processor executes the program instructions stored in the memory so that the device executes 25 said method.
  32. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,所述计算机程序包括程序指令,所述程序指令被通信装置执行时使所述通信装置执行如权利要求1~20、21~24或25中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, wherein the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, the computer program includes program instructions, and when the program instructions are executed by a communication device, the communication device executes The method of any one of 1-20, 21-24, or 25.
PCT/CN2020/075774 2020-02-18 2020-02-18 Session processing method and apparatus therefor WO2021163901A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075774 WO2021163901A1 (en) 2020-02-18 2020-02-18 Session processing method and apparatus therefor

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/075774 WO2021163901A1 (en) 2020-02-18 2020-02-18 Session processing method and apparatus therefor

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021163901A1 true WO2021163901A1 (en) 2021-08-26

Family

ID=77390319

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/075774 WO2021163901A1 (en) 2020-02-18 2020-02-18 Session processing method and apparatus therefor

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021163901A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114040470A (en) * 2021-12-01 2022-02-11 中国电信股份有限公司 Terminal route control method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN114980364A (en) * 2022-04-18 2022-08-30 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 URSP rule-based local area network communication method, device and medium

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109743766A (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-05-10 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device of data Route Selection
CN110519775A (en) * 2018-05-22 2019-11-29 华为技术有限公司 Conversation managing method, device and system
CN110611924A (en) * 2019-09-27 2019-12-24 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method, related device and medium for realizing data transmission of time-sensitive network

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109743766A (en) * 2018-02-13 2019-05-10 华为技术有限公司 A kind of method and device of data Route Selection
CN110519775A (en) * 2018-05-22 2019-11-29 华为技术有限公司 Conversation managing method, device and system
CN110611924A (en) * 2019-09-27 2019-12-24 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method, related device and medium for realizing data transmission of time-sensitive network

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ANONNMOUS: "3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; Policy and Charging Control Framework for the 5G System (5GS); Stage 2 (Release 16)", 3GPP TS 23.503 V16.2.0, 1 September 2019 (2019-09-01), XP055811906, [retrieved on 20210609] *

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN114040470A (en) * 2021-12-01 2022-02-11 中国电信股份有限公司 Terminal route control method, device, equipment and storage medium
CN114980364A (en) * 2022-04-18 2022-08-30 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 URSP rule-based local area network communication method, device and medium

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11765686B2 (en) Packet transmission method and apparatus for communicating between terminals of a same 5G LAN group
US20220124147A1 (en) Application relocation method and apparatus
EP3836577B1 (en) Session management method and device for user groups
WO2022012310A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2019196811A1 (en) Communication method and related apparatus
WO2023130322A1 (en) Method for determining shared channel occupancy time and apparatuses therefor
CN113573326B (en) Address acquisition method and device
WO2018155007A1 (en) Terminal device, base station, control device, method and recording medium
WO2021163901A1 (en) Session processing method and apparatus therefor
TWI775009B (en) Base station and data transmission method thereof for mobile communication system
WO2022012141A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium
WO2021204277A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
US20230232318A1 (en) Authentication method and apparatus therefor
WO2024065127A1 (en) Method for controlling transmission of relay device information and apparatus therefor
CN114830606A (en) Multicast communication method and device
WO2024026697A1 (en) Method for satellite terminal to access mobile network, and apparatus thereof
WO2022267872A1 (en) Network slice selection method and related apparatus
WO2023220941A1 (en) Data forwarding information transmission method and apparatus
WO2024011432A1 (en) Information transmission method and apparatus
WO2024011545A1 (en) Switching method and apparatus
WO2024016191A1 (en) Restriction information determination method/apparatus/device, and storage medium
WO2023147708A1 (en) Artificial intelligence session updating method and apparatus
WO2024050778A1 (en) Artificial intelligence service policy updating method and apparatus
WO2023221000A1 (en) Authentication and authorization method and apparatus for ai function in core network
WO2024036520A1 (en) Method for determining identifier of sidelink logical channel, and apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20920019

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20920019

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1